/
Автор: Бондарева В.В.
Теги: лингвистика английский рассказы английский язык английская грамматика
Год: 2002
Текст
ENGLISH
В. В. Бондарева
В ЗАБАВНЫХ РАССКАЗАХ
Санкт-Петербург
2002
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
3
Никоторые педагоги придерживаются мнения, что грамма-
тические упражнения должны быть как можно более абстрак-
тны, приближаясь в своей абстракции к математическим сим-
волам. дабы не отвлекать внимание учащихся ог граммати-
ческих явлений. Существует, однако, и другая точка зрения,
согласно которой грамматические упражнения могут и но воз-
можности должны быть занимательными и остроумными, вы-
разительными и забавными, пробуждая интерес и перенося
учащихся из мира абстрактной грамматики в королевство ис-
крометного английского юмора. Пособие “ENGLISH
GRAMMAR IN FUNNY STORIES” является практическим
воплощением последней точки зрения. Оно содержит упраж-
нения, представленные короткими скетчами, фабульными рас-
сказами и шутками, а также адаптированными фрагментами
из произведений известных британских и американских авто-
ров, чго в корне отличает его от традиционных грамматичес-
ких сборников.
Свою задачу мы видим в том, чтобы помочь активизиро-
вать и актуализировать знания основных грамматических пра-
вил на вполне доступном материале, привлекающем своей за-
нимательностью, шутливым характером и забавными персо-
нажами. Кроме того, в процессе овладения грамматическими
явлениями учащиеся смогут ознакомиться с рядом реалий,
характерных для быта, образа жизни и традиций англоговоря-
щих стран.
Важно подчеркнуть, что весьма объемный материал, со-
бранный в пособии, позволяет достаточно полно охватить те
разделы современной грамматики английского языка, кото-
рые традиционно представляют трудности для учащихся. За-
нимательная тональность текстов предполагает не только пас-
сивное восприятие (чтение, расстановку определенных грам-
матических маркеров, кон 1роль понимания прочитанного), но
и их активное воспроизведение (обсуждение, ответы на воп-
росы, драматизация). Отвечая на вопросы, учащиеся получат
во гможность поставить себя на место героев рассказов, поде-
литься личным опытом, задуматься о реалиях, характерных
для российской действительности. Представленные в посо-
бии отрывки могут быть использованы в качестве различного
рода диктантов и изложений.
Предисловие
4' Материал, представленный п отдельных главах, организо-
а. ван с учетом возрастающей сложности текстов, что даст воз-
| можность преподавателю выбирать упражнения в соответствии
с уровнем языковой компетенции учащихся. Автор надеется,
что собранный в пособии материал сможет придать жизнен-
ную силу сухим грамматическим правилам, превратив доста-
точно скучную работу по тренировке грамматических явле-
ний в одновременно полезное и приятное занятие, повысив,
тем самым, уровень мотивации учащихся.
Наличие грамматического справочника, приложений и клю-
чей к упражнениям позволяет использовать пособие для са-
мостоятельной работы, осуществляя самоконтроль и самокор-
рскцию в процессе обучения, что превращает пособие в свое-
го рода самоучитель грамматики английского языка. Не будучи
тесно связанным ни с одним отечественным учебником, при-
меняемым в российских школах и вузах, пособие, тем не ме-
нее, может быть органично вплетено в любой базовый курс,
используемый в процессе обучения.
5
OUT OF THE WORLD
OF ABSTRACTION
INTO THE REALM
OF HUMOUR
Grammarians support rules by exercises. These
exercises, in the view of some, should.be as abstract in
their actual meaning as possible, approaching, in a way,
mathematical symbols. They shouldn’t divert, by their
meaning, the reader’s attention from abstract grammatical
relations. And there is a great deal of truth in this stand.
But as distinct from it, there is another group of people
who believe that even grammar exercises and examples
should be entertaining and meaningful, witty and
humorous, if possible. Then they can be better committed
to memory, and if you know the example by heart you
can also more easily grasp the grammar rule thus
illustrated. The truth probably lies somewhere in the
middle. Here are a number of grammar exercises in which
a wide use is made of humour in various forms.
Let’s have fun together!
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
Часть 1. Articles (Артикли).................................. 6
Часть 2. Prepositionsand Phrasal Verbs (Предлоги и фразовые
глаголы)....................................................... 29
Часть 3. Modal Verbs (Модальные глаголы).................... 49
Часть 4. Verb Tenses (Употребление времен).................. 62
Часть 5. Passive Voice (Страдательный залог)................101
Часть 6. Sequence of Tenses. Reported Speech (Согласование
времен. Косвенная речь)........................................115
Часть 7. Conditionals (Условные предложения)................133
Revision Exercises (Проверочные упражнения).................143
Appendices (Приложения).....................................155
I. The table of the verb tenses.............................155
11. Active and passive forms compared.......................157
III. Irregular verbs........................................158
IV. Phrasal verbs...........................................162
V. Verbs, adjectives, nouns with prepositions..............171
VI. The use of articles in prepositional phrases...........178
VII. Set expressions with articles..........................182
VI11. Prepositions of time..................................184
IX. Prepositions of place...................................185
X. The list of introductory verbs..........................186
XI. Spelling rules.........................................189
Keys (Ключи)................................................191
A (an)
The Indefinite Article
Неопределенный артикль
Неопределенный аршкль а (ап) относит предмет или явле-
ние к разряду подобных, не выделяя и не конкретизируя.
Неопределенный артикль употребляется с исчисляемым су-
ществительным в единственном числе:
1. В функции предикатива (именной части составного имен-
ного сказуемого):
e.g. Не is a student.
2. Если ему предшествует описательное определение:
e.g. She is a doctor. She is a good doctor.
3. Если предмет или лицо не знакомы и употребляются впер-
вые:
e.g. They live in a new house with a garden and a swimming pool.
4. Если предмет или лицо рассматривается как один из класса
подобных, любой:
5. В выражениях с глаголами to have, to lake и to give для
обозначения кратковременного действия:
e.g. to have a talk
to have a smoke
to have a swim
to have a bite
Theory
to give a smile
to give a look
to give a cry
to take a nap
6. В восклицательных предложениях перед исчисляемым су-
ществительным в единственном числе, стоящим после “what”
в значении «что за, какой»:
e.g. What a nice dress!
7. С названиями веществ в значении “одна порция”:
e.g. Id like a beer, please. (A glass of beer).
8. С существительными, обозначающими определенное ко-
личество или временной промежуток (неопределенный артикль
при этом употребляется в значении “один”):
e.g. Не will be back in a minute.
An apple a day keeps the doctor away. I
9. В некоторых устойчивых выражениях: at a loss, what a
shame, that’s a pity (Cm. Appendices VI, VII),
The
The Definite Article
Определенный артикль
Определенный артикль выделяет предмет или качение из раз-
ряда подобных, конкретизирует.
Определенный артикль употребляется с исчисляемым суще-
ствительным как в единственном, так и во множественном числе и
с неисчисляемым существительным в следующих случаях
1. Если говорящему и слушающему понятно, о каком пред-
мете идет речь:
e.g. / cleaned the car yesterday (— my car).
is the coffee hot? (this coffee).
2. Если существительное имеет ограничительное определе-
ние:
e.g. Did Ann get the job she applied for?
3. Если существительное ранее упоминалось:
e.g. Гог lunch / had a sandwich and an apple. The sandwich
wasn't very good.
4. Если из контекста понятно, о чем идет речь:
e.g. Не opened the door and went out.
Can you turn off the light, please?
5. Если существительное или субстантивированное прила-
гательное обозначаю! категорию людей или предметов: ((he
middle class, the British, the poor, the blind, the dead).
e.g. The rich should help the poor.
6. Если перед существительным стоит прилагательное в пре-
восходной степени:
e.g. It ’s the funniest book I ve ever read.
1. С единственными в своем роде существительными (the
earth, the sun, the moon, the universe):
e.g. The earth goes round the sun.
8. С существительными the police, the fire department, the
army, the bank, the post office, the doctor, the dentist, the hospital,
the sea, the movies, the theatre, the radio:
e.g. / would love to live near the sea.
John wasn't feeling very well. He went to the doctor.
9. С названием музыкальных инструментов:
e.g. Can you play the guitar?
10. С названием стран, в состав которых входят существи-
тельные republic, kingdom, states, union, federation, emirates:^*
e.g. the Russian Federation,
the United Kingdom,
the United Arab Emirates.
11. С названиями групп островов:
e.g. the British Isles, the Bahamas, the Canaries.
12. С названием частей света:
e.g. the north, rhe south, the east, the west.
13. С названием регионов:
e.g. the Middle East, the Far East, the South of Spain.
Theory
14. С названиями горных цепей:
e.g. the Rocky Mountains, the Alps.
15. С названиями рек, морей, оксанов, каналов, озер (если
само слово “lake” не входит в название озера):
e.g. the Atlantic Ocean, the Irish Sea, the Mississippi, the Panama
Canal, the (English) Channel, the Baikal.
16. С названием отелей, ресторанов, театров, кинотеатров,
музеев, галерей, кораблей, зданий и монументов:
e.g. the Hilton Hotel, the Bombay Restaurant, the National Theatre,
the Empire State Building, the Metropolitan Museum, the
Wash ington Mon и men t.
17. С названием газет и журналов:
e.g. the Times, the Readers ’ Digest.
18. Перед фамилией во множественном числе в значении
«семейство»:
e.g. the Browns, the Smiths.
19. В некоторых устойчивых выражениях:
e.g. What's the matter?
It's out of the question.
(Cm. Appendices VI, VII.)
10
Chapter 1. Articles
The Zero Article
(нулевой артикль)
Артикли не употребляются:
1. С исчисляемыми существительными во множественном
числе в функции предикатива (именной части составного
именного сказуемого):
e.g. We are students.
2. С именами собственными:
e.g. Ann Smith is an English teacher.
3. С существительными с определением, выраженным при-
тяжательным или указательным местоимением, или количе-
ственным числительным, стоящим после существительного:
e.g. This is ту book. Open your books at page 10.
4. С неисчисляемыми существительными, например:
а) вещественными:
e.g. This wath is made of silver
Water freezes at /00й C.
б) абстрактными:
e.g. What terrible weather! Money can ’t buy love.
в) названиями видов деятельности:
e.g. / like music. Smoking is bad for health.
5. С названиями времен года, месяцев и дней недели:
e.g. Spring is ту favourite season.
I will go to the seaside in August.
/ don 7 work on Sunday.
6. С существительными, употребляемыми в обобщенном
смысле:
e.g. Winners make things happen; losers let things happen.
7. С названиями учебных дисциплин:
e.g. / like English but / don’t like Mathematics.
8. С названиями видов спорта (в сочетании с глаголом to
play: to play foot bah to play hockey, etc.):
e.g. Tom is good at playing football.
9. С названиями болезней: flu. measles, mumps, high/low
blood pressure, hepatitis.
e.g. He suffered terribly from flu and then it turned to neuralgia,
but: a cold, a headache, a sore throat; to catch (a) cold, to
have (a) headache / toothache / backache, etc.
10. С существительными, используемыми в качестве обра-
щения:
e.g. Му headache is awful, doctor.
И. С существительными, обозначающими членов семьи в
высказываниях членов семьи (в таких случаях существитель-
ные пишутся с прописной буквы):
e.g. We decided to take Mother for a beautiful drive.
12. С существительными school, college, prison, church, упот-
ребляемыми в отвлеченном от материального содержания
объекта значении (говорящий в этом случае имеет в виду не
названный объект, а связанную с ним деятельность):
e.g. After I finish school, I want to go to college.
Mr. Kelly goes to church every Sunday.
Ken's brother was sent to prison for robbing a bank.
13. С названиями стран и континентов:
e.g. Russia, America, Great Britain, Asia, Europe;
but: the Netherlands, the Philippines.
12
Chapter 1. Articles
14. С названиями городов:
e.g. New York, Moscow, London;
but: the Hague.
15. С названиями отдельных островов:
e.g. Ireland, Great Britain.
16. С названиями озер (если само слово lake входит в на-
звание озера):
e.g. Lake Baikal.
17. С названиями отдельных горных вершин:
e.g. Elbrus, Ben Nevis, Mount McKinley.
18. С названиями улиц, бульваров, скверов, авеню, площа-
дей и т.д.:
e.g. Fifth Avenue, Broadway, Piccadilly Circus, Red Square.
19. С названием аэропортов, университетов, парков, двор-
цов, если в их состав входит имя собственное:
e.g. Kennedy Airport, Boston University, Buckingham Palace, Hyde
Park
but: The Rockefeller Center, The Eiffel Tower.
20. С названиями церквей, названных в честь святых:
e.g. St. John's Church, St. Paul's Cathedral.
21. В некоторых устойчивых выражениях:
e.g. in bed, by bus, by car, on foot, at/to school, at work, at
home, to go/come home, in / on time, for lunch, to have
breakfast, from day to day, from morning till night, from
beginning to end, from head to foot, from time to time.
(Cm. Appendices VI, VIJ)
1?
Ex.I. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, k‘the”or ”.
Practice
A FORGETFUL TOURIST
_______English tourist came to ,2)_Paris. Il was his first visit
there. On 0)_______________________ same day he sent,4)_telegram to his wife who
was in(5)__London. In <6‘telegram he told her(7>____address
of w hotel where he was going to stay. He also told her that he
was quite well. As he was in <9>_Paris for <l0'_first time he
wanted to see u,>__places of interest. After (,2)dinner he
went for(,3)___walk and then decided to go to °4'theatre to
see °5’new play. It was very late when<l6>play was over. It
was(,7>__time to go,,8>home. But al that moment he realized
that he didn’t know how to get to(,9)_hotel as he had forgotten
m address.(2,)Englishman was at <22‘_______loss and didn’t
know what to do. Suddenly he remembered sending{23>_telegram
to his wife in (24,_ morning. So, late at,25)_night his wife got
f26)_very strange telegram, “Please send me my address at once.”
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Have you ever found yourself in a similar situation?
2) How did you find a way out?
Ex.2. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the”or **—”.
AN EXPENSIVE BREAKFAST
Once (,)___ king of(2>.__small country was travelling about
Holland. He stopped at ______inn in <4\___small village to have
< 5> breakfast. He ordered (6)_____ boiled eggs, {7>___ coffee,
< e>___bread and ____butter for<l0)breakfast. d,)______king ate
< l2,__two eggs with '°’___ bread and <l4’__butter, took _______
cup of,,6>____coffee and asked (,7>____innkeeper, “How much
must I pay for (,я>____breakfast?” <l9)___ innkeeper answered,
“ <2'"__hundred florins.” (2n.___king was very' much surprised
and said. “What? (22‘__hundred florins for(23)__little bread and
< 24)__butter,_______cup of(2t,i coffee and two eggs? It very
expensive! Are <27)___ eggs scarce in your village?” “No. sir,”
Chopier 1. Articles
answered ____innkeeper. ‘‘There are ,29>lot of °0’eggs
in our village, but<31’kings arc very scarce nowadays.”
Answer the questions on the text.
I) What do you usually have for breakfast?
2) Is your breakfast different from that of the king?
Ex.3. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an**, “thc"or “—**.
WHICH WAS THE FASTEST?
This is,n_____story about_Frenchman, O)________Englishman
and <4'American who were once travelling by 01 train in
Europe.<6’conversation was about how fast f7‘trains were
in their countries.(8>_Frenchman said, “In my country (9‘
trains go so fast that _telegraph posts by ,,h__railway line
look like (,2‘_garden fence.” <n>_Englishman said, “At,u>_
home d5’trains run so fast that we have to pour(,6)water
on ,!7'_wheels to stop (hem from getting hot.” (_American
said, “That’s nothing! I was once taking091_trip and my daughter
came on to platform to see me off. While I was gening into
,2,)compartment(22>train started. 1 leaned out of<2J'
window to give her (24<__kiss and kissed instead t25‘_cow in
(26>_field <27)_six miles down (?K>_railway line.”
What would you say about the trains in this country?
Ex.4. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an", •,the"or
Al about two o’clock on u>_cold winter morning<2)_doctor
drove seven miles to<3)telephone call. When he reached (4' __
place, ___man who called him in said. *M<”_doctor. 1 must
have strained myself. I haven’t got <7>_ sore throat, Гт not
running(S|temperature, but Гт suffering from (9'____terrible
feeling that ”0>death is near.”
f,h___doctor felt(,2>man’s pulse, examined him and took
____temperature.
“Have you made your will?” he asked at once.
15
‘‘Why. no.(M)doctor/*(,5)______man looked frightened. “Oh,
<161 doctor, it can't be true, can it? You must prescribe <l7>
medicine for me.”
“Have you got any children? Send for them at once. Your father,
too should be called, your... “
“I say,<lfs'_doctor, do you really think I’m going to die?”
<,9)__doctor looked at him carefully.
“No, I don’t.” he replied. “You arc as fit as anything. But I hate
to be<20'.only man you’ve made (2°______fool of on <22f night
like this.”
Prociice
/low would you behave in the doctor’s place?
Ex.5. Fill in (he blanks with (he articles “a /an**, “the" or
AN ARITHMETIC LESSON
“Pul down.” u>;__small boy said reading from (21__book
“ten pounds of _____sugar al five cents ________pound, and four
pounds of<5>___coffee at thirty cents__pound, and two pounds
of <7>__bulter ai twenty eight cents __pound, and two cakes
of soap at five cents each.”
“I’ve got them down,” said<l("grocer looking al<U)boy.
“How much docs it come to?”
<l2>man ran up n3)column.
“Two thirty-six.” he announced.
“And if 1 were to give you “4>_five dollar bill, how much
change would I get?”
“Two dollars and sixty-four cents,” said "5>_grocer impatiently.
“Come on. Гт in I,6\____hurry now.”
“Oh, I didn't want to buy all that,” said <|7>boy as he
disappeared through_____door. “That’s our arithmetic homework
for tomorrow, and I couldn’t work it out.”
Characterize the boy.
I) Is the boy a bright student?
2) Does he have a good sense of humour?
3) What other qualities does he have?
16 Ex.6. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, ‘ the” or ”.
Chcplei 1. Articles
EDISON'S FIRST INVENTION
When Edison was <h boy of fifteen he worked as <2>_______
telegraph operator. He had to be on 0)_duty from 7 p.m. to 7
a.m. and give signal every hour to prove that he did not
sleep. 01 signals were made with ,6'___astonishing exactness.
One night ,7)inspector arrived and saw Edison sleeping on
,я'chair. He was about to shake him when he caught ,9‘
sight of00’mechanism on table near02’telegraph
instrument. He waited to see what would happen. When ,B)
hand of <l4‘clock pointed to (15’hour, instrument
got busy and one lever threw open *p>_key while <u“___other
sent______signal over(20)__wire.(2h inspector seized<22'____
sleeping boy, roused him and fired him. That is why first
of Edison’s numerous inventions was never patented.
Ex.7. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the” or
THE USEFUL GATE
For<n___long time(2'_Edison’s guests wondered why °'
gate to his garden was so difficult to open.friend of his said,
‘M5’__gale to your garden is so heavy that 1 have to use all my
strength to open it. I cannot understand <6' reason. You are
such 17' brilliant man. I am sure you could have invented
something better.”
“,x‘gate seems to be quite all right,” Edison answered with
<<h smile. “In “n>fact, it’s quite “°brilliant invention.”
“You arc joking, aren’t you?”
“Not ,,2>bit. ul>___gale is connected with U4‘pump.
Everybody who comes in pumps twenty liters of,,S}_ water out
of<16' well.”
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Were first Edison’s inventions really brilliant and useful^
2) What other Edison’s inventions do you know?
Ex.8. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the” or
17
CONSULTING A DOCTOR
Doctor: Welk What's(,)________matter with you?
Patient: You'd better ask what is not,-)__matter with me,
doctor. 1 seem to be suffering from all n’_illnesses imaginable:
< 4)__ insomnia, <5>___headaches, ,6>____backache, <7)
indigestion.<S)_constipation and pains in ____________stomach.
To make(,,)___things still worse, I’ve caught<l2)_cold. I've got
< l3' sore throat, and I’m constantly sneezing and coughing. To
crown it all, I had ___accident <l5‘__other day, hurt
right shoulder,_____leg and |l8)_knee and nearly broke(,9>______
neck. If I take ____long walk, I get short of(2I>_____breath. In
< 2Л__fact, I feel more dead than alive.
Doctor: Гт sorry to hear that. Anyhow. I hope (23>
things are not as bad as you imagine. Let me examine you.•24)___
heart, ‘-5l_chest and lungs seem to be all right. Now'
open ,?7>mouth and show me l2K>_____ tongue. Now breathe in
deeply through <N)__nose. There doesn't seem to be anything
radically wrong with you. but it's quite clear that you’re run down,
and if you don't take care of yourself, you may have43O) nervous
breakdown and have to go to , ________hospital. First of all I advise
you to stop worrying. Take °2’___long rest, have (33>_regular
meals, keep to IW)__ diet of135’______salads and _____fruit and
< 37’_very’ little meat. Keep off|5S|_alcohol. If possible give up
smoking, at least for _time. Have this tonic made up and take
< 40‘_tablespoon three times ,4I>_____day before '42>_meals. If
you do all this I promise you ,n‘_____full recovery within <44>_
month or tw'o.
P a t i e n t: And il I don’t, doctor?
Doctor: Then you’d better make your will, if you haven't
done so yet!
Patient: I sec. Well, thank you, doctor. I shall have to think
it over and decide which is______less evil — to follow your advice
or to prepare for better world.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) What illnesses was (he patient suffering from?
2) Do you think he was really seriously ill?
3) What wfas the matter with him?
16
Chopper I Artic les
4) What did the doctor advise to his patient?
5) Was it easy for the man to follow the doctor’s advice?
6) Have you ever suffered from any illnesses mentioned in the
text?
7) What did you do then?
8) Did you consult a doctor?
Ex.9. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the’* or **—**.
ON A DIET
First she gave up______smoking.
Then she gave up,2'____gin.
Then she gave up_______chocolate cake,
She wanted to be thin.
Then she gave up<4’____breakfast.
Then she gave up’’’____lunch.
On ,6>___lazy Sunday mornings
She even gave up<?l____brunch.
No matter what she gave up
1 ler skirts were very tight.
Cause she ale twelve cans of 0,1_tuna fish
For(9>___dinner00*_____every night.
Make up a list of things a person on a diet must/must not eat.
Ex. 10. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, "the” or
THE NATIONAL PASSION
Queuing is n> national passion of <2) otherwise
dispassionate race. °’ English arc rather shy about it, deny that
they adore it. On ___Continent, if’5’_people are waiting at
,6)bus stop, they loiter about inl7>_seemingly vague fashion.
When,S)____bus arrives they make (9‘ _ dash for it, most of them
are left by °0’_bus and °”__luckiy minority is taken away by
°2’ elegant black ambulance car. °5' Englishman, if he
is alone, forms 04\orderly queue of one. At °5*_weekends
19
uw____ Englishman queues up at “?l bus stop, travels out to
(,H>__Richmond, queues up for<l9)_boat, then queues up for
<2ft>_tea. then queues up for'*n_ice-cream, then joins'22*
few more odd queues, just forl23)sake ofU4>_fun of it. then
queues up at bus stop and enjoys it.
Speak on the Russian national passion, if any.
Ex.11. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the" or “—”.
ON SNOBBERY
________snobbery is not so common in <2>____England today as it
was at (3)beginning of<4'_________________century. It still exists, however,
and °*__advertisers know how to use it in order to sell their
goods.
(6‘snob, <7>dictionary tells us, is **•person who
pays too much respect to ,9>___social position or<l0)_wealth.
Oh popular newspapers know that some of their readers are
(,?>snobs. That is why they give them d-)_ unimportant
and useless information about <M)persons of ”5)high
social position. nb>_photographs of “Lady X and her friends"
at ball or “Lord Y and his friends" atm’________________races.
It is'191 snobbery' that makes some people feel annoyed when
on l20>_envelopes of<2h letters addressed to them they find
Mr. before their names instead of Esq. after their names. t22]
snobbery explains why (2,)_____lot of t?4J_people give their
suburban houses <25>__name, such as “<26)__Oaks’*. ”’27'________________________________________________
Pines”, ______Cedars”, even though there are no ':29'_oak-
trees, pine-trees or cedar-trees in garden. It is very pleasant
to find <n'streel with three hundred and fifty totally similar
bungalows and look for ”(?2> Bungalow”. Or to arrive in ________________________________________________
street where all<M>__houses have____charming view of'-4”________________________________________________
hill and try to find “'’7>_ Hill View”. people of °9’___________________________________________________
high social position have !*J'_country houses with ___names,
so ,42‘_ house with name seems “better” than <44’_
house with '•*“_number.________numbers make H7)_________postman’s
work much easier, but that is not important.
_________advertisers arc very clever in their use of'491_snobbery.
<5n‘______________________________________________ motor-car manufacturers, for example, advertise 151 >_
Chopper 1 Articles
201 colours of(S2>___cars as “Embassy black" or “Balmoral stone”.
Embassy black is plain, ordinary black, but because<5J>_embassy
is <M’__official residence of <S5>_ambassador, <5W name
suggests (57>diplomats and all<5”____social importance that
surrounds them. <59>_Balmoral stone is (M>____grey colour of
<6I>_ordinary stone, but Balmoral is also,62)_name of<63)_
residence of,W) British royal family in Scotland.
the questions on the text.
I) Is there any snobbery' in this country?
2) Is it increasing or decreasing?
3) Which do you think is more to be respected, a man's social
position and wealth or his character and achievements?
4) Do advertisers in this country' use social snobbery?
5) If you saw a bungalow in the country- with the name “Journey’s
End”, what would you think about the people living in it?
6) if the saleswoman in a fashionable hat shop speaks of her
“clients” instead of “customers”, what might you accuse her of?
Ex. 12. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the” or
HOW TO PLAN A TOWN
(after George Mikes)
1
On U)_____ Continent <2>___doctors. (3)_ lawyers. <4>_____
booksellers — just to mention<5)__few examples — arc scattered
all over(6)__city, so you can call on<71_good or at least(81_
expensive doctor in any district, in England,9)idea is that it is
<l0’__address that makes “h_____man. "2)___doctors in London
arc crowded in ”3>____ Harley Street, °4> solicitors in ”5’__
Lincoln’s Inn Fields, <l6)__second-hand bookshops in °7’_____
Charing Cross Road, f,M_____newspaper offices in (I”____Fleet
Street,(20>__tailors in ,2n_Savile Row.<22>___ car merchants
in <23>__Great Portland Street, <24)___theatres around ,25)
Piccadilly Circus,<26i cinemas in (27)___Leicester Square, etc.
If you have ,2,°_chance of replanning London you can greatly
improve on <29)idea.<20)______greengrocers should be placed in
______ Hornsey Lane. (32>___butchers in '-l,)_Mile End, and
<,4>__________________________________________gentlemen's conveniences in <35>_Bloomsbury’.
Now I would like to give you <36)little practical advice on
how to build <V|English town.
First of all, never build _straight street. <39)_ English
love privacy and do not want to sec one end of<4U’street from
<4,)_other end. Make ,4:'sudden curves in streets
and build them S-shaped, too;(44>letters L, T, V, Y, W and О
are also becoming increasingly popular.
Practice
II
Never build(45)__houses of<46>___same street in,47>_straight
line. Start numbering your houses at one end, go up to <4Я‘____
certain number on <49'____same side, then continue on <so'
other side, going back in ,5n_opposite direction. You may leave
out some numbers if you arc superstitious; and you may also give
<52)__same number to two or three houses.
Give different name to(54>__________street whenever it bends;
but if curve is so sharp that it really makes two different
streets, you may keep,56)____same name.
<s7)street names should be painted clearly and distinctly on
<58>__large boards. Then hide these boards carefully. Place them
too high or too low, in <59)_ shadow or_______darkness, upside
down and inside out, or, even better, lock them up in _____safe j
in (62>__ bank, otherwise they may give <63> people some
indication about names of<65)__________streets.
P.S. — 1 have been told that <6b>theory I have described
above is all wrong. In every other country, it has been explained,
,67>people just build (6b>streets and towns following
their own common sense. England is '70'only country of'7"______
world where there is *72’____Ministry of Town and Country
Planning. This is(7,)__real reason for <74'_ muddle.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Is your city planned according to the author’s theory?
3) Do you think your city is well-planned? Can you prove it?
4) Is it easy to get lost in your city? Why/why not?
5) How do you understand the idea “It is the address that makes
the man”?
6) Arc certain professions concentrated in certain streets in your city?
7) Do you think such concentration is convenient? Why/why
not?
Cliapiec I Articles
22 Ex. 13. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the” or “—”.
FINDING YOUR WAY ABOUT LONDON
Moving about in London is quite easy if you have'°_atlas of
{2)__streets. Yes,,J'_atlas, and not just<4)map. London is
too big to be shown on ,5>_map. If you want to find <6>
address, look up,T'_Street Index al<R>_back of(<))atlas.
Remember, however, that very often there are several streets or
roads with,r”_same name. One of them may be in n,)_West
End, another in (,2>North London, still another in (,J>______
South — and so on. There are. for example, eleven Cromwell Roads
in ,l4>_ Greater London. Therefore you must always remember
_____number ofpostal district which is added to <17>_________
name ofl,8>__________________________________________street. And it makes all d9)_difference whether
you say <20)Cromwell Road, or12,1_________Cromwell Street, or
<22'Cromwell Avenue.
Let us lake<2i'Hampstead as<24'example. Here, in one
postal district — N.W. 3 —<и>following places can be found:
•26' Belsize Avenue, ’2” Belsize Crescent, (2H> Belsize
Grove,(29>___Belsize Lane.(X”_ Belsize Park, ________Belsize
Park Gardens, <32) _ Belsize Square, <JJ)_ Belsize Terrace.
In spite of their names, they are all quite simply streets’ And this
is not by all means _complete list. From (55)“Alley” to
“Yard”, °”__atlases of London list about 45 different
words to denote (JS’streets and U9’squares in _____city.
Even when you have found your street, you still have to look for
<4I)_right number, and that is sometimes quite (42>_ problem.
Here is ‘4}l_example. If you look for ,44)Aberdeen Park,
No.5 in <45'_atlas, you will find out that in one place <46’_
Aberdeen Park suddenly becomes'47'_Aberdeen Road, and No.
106 , Aberdeen Park is next door to No. 7 (S,)'______________
Aberdeen Road, while Nos. I. 3, and 5,<5n__ Aberdeen Road, do
not exist at all...
Zs moving in your city quite easy?
Ex. 14. Fill in the blanks with the articles required.
23
WHILE THE AUTO WAITS
(after 0. Henry)
I
(,)___girl in grey came again to that quiet corner of that quiet
small park. She sat down on ____bench and began to read ,3>___
book. She had come here on (4‘__same hour on l5>____previous
day, and on w____day before that, and there was(?)__man who
knew it.
young man came near. At that moment her book fell on
_____ground. ______young man picked up 0,1___book, returned
it to <l2)___________________________________girl politely, saying ,l3'few words about <l4)
weather and stood waiting.
<,5)__girl looked at his simple coat and his common face.
“You may sit down if you like.” she said. “<l6)_light is too
bad for reading. I should like to talk.”
“Do you know,” he said, “that you arc<l7)finest girl 1 have
seen.”
“Whoever you arc,” said lls>girl in ,l91__icy tone, “you
must remember that I am lady.”
“1 beg your pardon,” said young man, “but —” 4
“Let's change <22)_subject. I come here to sit because it is
here that I can be near(23> masses of(2J|__people. 1 speak to
you because J want to speak tol25)_natural man. Oh! You don’t
know how tired I am of all this — <26)_money, money, money. I
am tired of,27>__pleasure, of'2*0__travel.”
“I always had _____idea,” said _____young man, “that00_____
money can be <32>__very good thing.”
“When you have so many millions! 031______dinners, 1341____
theatres, ,35‘balls,(36)suppers’ I am tired of it.” said ‘3?‘_
young girl.
Prodice
II
<38)__young, man looked at her with (39>___interest.
“Sometimes,” continued _________girl, “1 think if I ever loved
{4,)._man, I would love <42)_____very simple man. What is your
profession?” s
“I am <43>___very simple man. But I hope to rise in <44’
world. 1 work at (45)___restaurant,” he said.
24
Chapter I Articles
,4fe>_girl drew back.
“I am ,47>__cashier at (4\___restaurant you sec there with
that brilliant electric sign: “Restaurant'’.
_ gid looked at her watch and rose.
‘‘Why are you not at,S0)__work?" she said.
“I am on,M>night turn." said LV) ___ young man, “it’s'5?>
hour yet till my work begins. May I hope to see you again?"
“I don’t know, perhaps. I must go quickly now. Oh. (here is
<S4>_dinner and ,55>concert tonight. Perhaps you noticed
<56‘white automobile at<57)____corner of______park when you
came?"
“Yes, I did." said,59’__young man.
“1 always come in it. _____driver waits for me there. Good
night."
“But it is dark now.” said,6,)_young man. “May I accompany
you to<W)car?”
“You will remain on lb\__ bench for ten minutes after I have left."
And she went away.(WI______young man looked at her elegant
figure while she was going to(6S)entrance of,w”park. Then
he rose and followed her. When she reached ___park gate, she
turned her head to look atlWb car, then passed it. crossed<b9)_
street and entered roj____restaurant. <7I>_red-haired girl left
(7:’_cashier’s desk, and<7?)_ girl in gray took her place.
<74‘young man put his hands into his pockets and walked
slowly down _____street. Then he got intot76\_white automobile
and said to(77)driver: “Club, Henry .”
Check your understanding of the text. Mark these statements as
true or false.
1) The young girl came to the park to rest a little.
2) The young man worked at the restaurant.
3) The girl worked as a cashier at the restaurant.
4) The white car belonged to the young man.
5) The girl took the white car and went to a concert.
Hwswer the questions on the text.
I) Why did the girl behave like that? ,
2) Have you ever pretended to be anybody else? How did you
like it?
Ex. 15. Fill in (he blanks with the articles wherever necessary.
25
BRUSH UP YOUR ENGLISH
1
< n_ English language has <2>____number of IJ,_____“national”
expressions. Many of them are to do with 141___food.,5'__Scotch
egg. for example, is _____hard-boiled egg. in '7|____ meal, eaten
hot or cold.
• *> Scotch broth is ,9)_____ thick soup with nm beef and
< ,h__barley. "2> Irish stew is made from meat, ,l4’_____________
onions and ______potatoes. ________Welsh rarebit is ,r'__melted
cheese on •’*'___hot toast. From across ”9>____ English Channel,
< 20) French dressing is ,2" salad dressing with ,22:oil and
,21) vinegar, <24‘ salt and ,J,\ pepper. <26\ French fried
potatoes or,271__French fries are <a>_____chips, and l-,)___long
sticks of (30)_bread are known as °"______ French bread. n2’_____
Spanish omelette is ,n>___omelette containing ,M‘______tomatoes,
< ад__onions and ,3b'_____potatoes. ,37'__ Swiss roll is ,?M'_ a
rolled cake filled with <?9’_jam or_______cream. H°l Russian
salad is ,4n salad of M2)______cold cooked vegetables made with
H3’___Russian dressing which has <44>_______sharp taste. ,45’____
Russian tea is <4M__with 14,1__ lemon instead of'4S>milk.
Practice
II
France inspires |49)_ other national expressions. <50>____French
doors and (Sl>____French windows usually have <52‘______glass panes
and open in ,5)>__middle. They often lead out into ,M’_ garden.
f 53‘_French polish contains ,56’____shellac and is good for *in______
wooden furniture.________England’s links with Holland have created
______numerous Dutch expressions. IW'_ Dutch auction Is one
in which,6U_____price is gradually lowered, not increased, while,fi2'_
Dutch courage is(6Л1 courage inspired by drinking lb4’____alcohol!
Dutch uncle is person who criticizes severely.
Ift7'_ Dutch treat is no treat at all, since each person pays for
himself and if you go Dutch it means you share <M’________costs. If
you talk double-Dutch it means you are totally incomprehensible.
Two more expressions from ,w’________ home: <7,)’ Scotch mist is
< 7“__very light rain, also called ,72'___drizzle and <71’__ WekJ)
dresser is °*’____ type of _______side board with <7h)______ shelves
26
Chapter 1. Articles
above and _______ drawers below. Three expressions from Turkey
suggest ,7*'__ luxury. (7”___ Turkish bath is ,IW'___stcambath
followed by ,Bb__massage;<w>_____Turkish towels are <w>___thick
cotton towels and _____Turkish delight is (85)___special type of
(86>__sweet.
And (<t7’__ Indian summer? It is (8,“___period of ’*9)__dr}'
warm weather in ,90)___September. Just<9,)___weather for <92>__
picnic of<w>__Scotch eggs, Russian salad, <95>__________French
bread and <961___slice of<97’__Swiss roll!
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Do you know any other English national expressions?
2) Arc there any national expressions in the Russian language?
Ex. 16. Fill in the blanks with the articles “a /an”, “the” or ”.
HOW TO SHOP
(after George Mikes)
1
In America, just as in England, you sec<0______same shops with
> <2>__same boards and windows in even' town and village.
Shopping, however, is art of its own and you have to
learn slowly where to buy<4!____various things. If you are hungry,
you go to <5)____chemist’s.<b>_____chemist’s shop is called _______
drug-store in ______United States. In (9'large drug-store you
may be able to gel<l0>__drugs, too, but their main business consists
in selling <lh___ stationery. (,2>___ candy, (,3)___toys, _________
belts,,,5)__fountain pens, Ufc‘____furniture and ,,7>___imitation
jewellery. <w____drug-store has ,,9)____food counter with <20'
high stools in front of it and there they serve(2n__juices,,22>____
coffee,<2J)___ice-cream,<24)____sandwiches,<25)_____omelettes and
(2W___other egg dishes.
If you want(27>____cigarettes, go to <ai grocer; if you want
to have your shoes cleaned, go to,W|____barber; if you want(30>____
radio go to ,ih__man’s shop; if you want °2’________suitcase, go to
°”____chemist’s. On ________other hand if you want to send(W>______
telegram, avoid ________post-office, because O7)telegrams are
handled by_______private companies.
27
II
Whatever you buy, it may be exchanged later for something in
<29)_ same shop. This is (4I)I__ great pastime with <4H
Americans. great many people do not really buy ,4Ъ________
things — they only acquire some raw material for <44)_______later
exchanges. It is not unusual at all to see *45'_lady bringing back
,46>_hat with (47)__lot of*4*’__fruit on it and exchanging it
either for(49)real fruit or<50)_real hat; or to see somebody
bringing back<5n refrigerator with ,52‘_remark that he made
,53'mistake and now he wants to subscribe to ,S4>Reader's
Digest instead.
You do not need to carefully time your shopping because some
shops in New York stay open all night. Should you want
meal at any lime of,56)day or night, that is quite easy. If you
have 07>__party in your house and you decide at 2.30 a.m. to
have some music, you can rush down to,5*'corner, buy
piano and it will be delivered to your home within half(b0’_hour.
If you fancy playing,6I>golf at 3.45 in,62j morning you can
purchase _____set of golf clubs and balls. I still cannot
decide what to do with <bSl Indian feather head-dress I bought
one morning at 5.15 in New York, but I was deeply impressed by
templing opportunity and could not resist buying it.
Practice
Л/tfww the questions on the text.
1) Is shopping in Russia similar to that in America? In which way?
2) Is shopping a great pastime with Russians?
Ex. 17. Fill in the blanks with the articles ‘‘a /an**, “the” or
SAD CASE Of STIVVINGS, JUNIOUR
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
I
There was________boy at our school, we used to call him Sanford
and Menon. His real name was Stivvings. He was (2'__ most
extraordinary' lad 1 had ever come across. I believe he really liked to
study. He used to get into,J>__awful rows for sitting up in <4)___
bed and reading ,5)____Greek, as for French irregular verbs,
nothing could keep him from them. I never knew such p:____strange
creature, yet harmless as______babe unborn.
Chapter 1 Articles
2B i Well, (hat boy used to get ill about twice,9)_week, so that he
could not go to(,0)_school. There never was such (,h____boy to
get ill as that Sanford and Merton. If there was any known disease
going within ten miles of him. he had it. and had it badly. 1 le would
take <l2)____bronchitis in <n>_dog-days, and have <U)hay-
fever atns>_________________Christmas. After<l6)_six week’s period of<l7’_
drought, he would be stricken down with <l8‘rheumatic fever;
and he would go in <l9)_November fog and come home with
(2ft>_sunstroke.
They put him under 121 ’_laughing-gas one year, poor
lad. and drew all his teeth, and gave him in>false set, because
he suffered so terribly with(23) toothache; and then it turned to
*M|___neuralgia and(25)_____earache. I le was never without 4261_
cold, except once for nine weeks while he had had <27‘scarlet
fever; and he always had ,2KI_chilblains.
II
During<29)__great cholera scare of 1871. our neighbourhood
was singularly free from it. There was only one reputed case in
<M)whole parish: that case was young Stivvings.
He had to stop in _______bed when he was ill, and eat O2‘_____
chicken and <n'custards and<34)hot-house grapes; and he
would lie there and sob. because they would not let him do O5)___
Latin exercises, and took,ч"German grammar away from him.
And we '-'7)__other boys, who would have sacrificed ten terms
of our school life for ('K>_sake of being ill for09'_day could
not catch so much as •*”____stiff neck. We fooled about in<4,)
draughts, and it did us good, and freshened us up; and we look
4421__things to make us sick, and they made us fat, and gave us
4431__appetite. Nothing we could think of seemed to make us ill
until ,44‘_holidays began. Then on <45)_breaking-up day we
caught<4A)colds, and <47'_____whooping cough, and all(4R>________
kinds of'49'disorders, which lasted till<50>term began. Then
we would get suddenly well again, and be better than ever.
Such is (5l) life; we are but as<52)grass that is cut down
and pul into oven and baked.
Answer (he questions on the text.
I) Why did the author call Stivvings lhe most extraordinary lad
he had ever come across?
2) Have you met anybody like Stivvings in your life?
3) Have you ever wanted to fall ill not to attend classes?
Современный английский язык практически полностью
утратил систему падежных окончаний у существительных.
Именно поэтому основным средством передачи разнообраз-
ных отношений существительного (или местоимения) к дру-
। им словам в предложении в английском языке являются пред-
логи.
Некоторые предлоги выполняют чисто грамматическую
функцию, передавая в сочетании с существительным значе-
ния косвенных падежей. Такие предлоги не переводятся от-
дельными словами на русский язык. Эго следующие предлоги:
Of — передает значение русского родительного падежа:
e.g. a member of the club — член клуба
the beginning of June — конец июня
To — передает значение русского дательного падежа:
e.g. show the book to the students — покажите эту книгу сту-
дентам
By, with — перелают значение русского творительного па-
дежа.
By в сочетании с существительным обозначает действую-
щее лицо или действующую силу:
e.g. The house was damagede by the storm. — Дом был разру
шен бурей.
30
Chcplw 2 Proportions me Phtcsol Veros
With в сочетании с существительным обозначает предмет, с
помощью которого производится действие (= инструмент):
е. g. Cui the apple with the knife. — Разрежь яблоко ножом.
Эти предлоги могут также употребляться и с самостоятель-
ным лексическим значением:
e.g. Think of it. — Подумай об этом.
Let ’s go to the park. — Пойдем в парк.
Sit by the window. — Сядь у окна.
Come with us. — Пойдем с нами.
-
Употребление всех английских предлогов осложняется их
многозначностью. Так. предлога! может употребляться:
1) для обозначения места
а) со значением в (где?) — Не is at has office. — Он в конторе.
6) со значением рядом (где?) — Не was silting at the door. —
Он сидел около двери.
в) со значением направления (куда?)-— Look al the picture
— Посмотри на картинку.
2) для обозначения времени (когда?) —
at 5 o'clock — в 5 часов
Г at night — ночью
at the age of 18 — в (возрасте) 18 лет
3) в сочетании с определенными глаголами или прилагатель-
ными употребление предлога at обусловлено традицией:
to laught at smb — смеяться над кем-то;
to smile at smb — улыбаться кому-то;
to be good/bad at smth — быть способным/неспособным к
чему-то;
to be surprised al smith — удивиться чему-то.
В целом, употребление того или иною предлога в англий-
ском языке очень часто зависит от предшествующего глагола,
прилагательною или существительного, что создает значитель-
ные трудности для изучающих язык, поскольку во многих
случаях английский предлог не совпадает с соответствующим
русским предлогом:
e.g. to depend on smth —зависеть от чего-то;
to object to smth — возражать против чего-то?
31
to mock at smb — насмехаться над кем-то;
to talk to smb — говорить с кем-то.
Список наиболее употребляемых глаголов, прилагательных
и существительных, сочетающихся с определенными предло-
гами. список устойчивых выражений с предлогами, а также
список предлогов времени вы найдете в конце данного посо-
бия (Appendices V, VI. VII, VIII, IX.)
Некоторые английские предлоги совпадают по форме с на-
речиями: например, before, up, over и др.
Если такое слово выражает отношение существительного
(или местоимения) к другим словам в предложении, то оно
является служебным словом, т. е. предлогом.
Если же эю слово определяет глагол, то оно является само-
стоятельным и несет на себе ударение.
e.g. / have newer been here before. — Я не бывал здесь рань-
ше (наречие).
I was here before the war — Я был здесь до воины (пред
лог).
Наречия, совпадающие по форме с предлогами, могут обра-
зовывать неделимое понятие в сочетании с некоторыми гла-
голами. В этом случае мы имеем дело с так называемыми
составными или фразовыми глаголами (phrasal verbs), заучи-
вание употребления которых представляет одну из главных
трудностей при изучении английского языка. Значение таких
фразовых глаголов идиоматично, т. е. его нельзя вывести из
значения самого глагола и наречия, с которым он употребля-
ется (это наречие часто называют послелогом (postposition)).
e.g. The criminals held up the train and stole all the passenger’s
money, (to hold up — to stop by force in order to rob).
Фразовые глаголы необычайно широко представлены в анг-
лийской разговорной речи, их значения описываются как в обыч-
ных. так и в специальных словарях (Dictonaries of Phrasal Vcibs).
В конце данного пособия приводится список наиболее употреб-
ляемых фразовых глаголов с переводом (см. Appendix IV).
Theory
32 | Если фразовый глагол употребляется с дополнением, оно
может либо предшествовать предлогу/наречию, либо следо-
вать за ним:
Chapter 2. Proportions and Phrasal Verbs
e.g. Could you fill out this form? — Could you fill this form out?
The police got into the house by breaking out the door. — The
police got into the house by breaking the door out.
Если дополнение выражено местоимением, оно всегда пред-
шествует предло1у/наречию:
e.g. They gave те the form and asked to fill it out.
33
Ex. IK. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
Proc’ice
WHAT A LANGUAGE!
This story is (,)three Frenchmen who lived <2’_some
lime °*England. The first Frenchman once heard someone
shout, “Look out!' He was ,4‘a hotel when he heard these
words. He put his head <s>the window and a bucket,6>_____
water fell <7)him. "It seems look ’ in English means
don’t look ” he said.
The second Frenchman was once(l0)_board a ship and heard
the captain shouting. ’All hands on deck!’’ He put his hands Ul>
the deck and someone walked _________them.
The third Frenchman waited to visit a friend <,4)_his. When
he came (K)the door u5>_____the house, he knocked. A maid
opened it. He said, “Is Mr. Brown (l6’(дома)?” The maid
answered, “He is not <l7)_yet (не встал). Come back <IX)_
half an hour.” When he came _________half an hour, the maid said,
“He is not<20'(нс спустился) yet.” The man said, “If he is not
(2h and he is not <22’where is he?” The maid answered,
“Oh. that's simple. When I say he's not<23>_, I mean he has not
got up. and when I say he’s not -241_I mean he has not yet come
downstairs.”
Ex. 19. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the (ext all phrasal verbs and learn (heir meaning. Use
Appendices.
SHUT THE DOOR
Jonathan Swift, though a good master, was very severe ,h____
his servants. The only two positive commands he had,21 them
were to shut the door whenever they came _______or went f4>___
____the room. One day one _____his servants asked permission to
go '6|_________________________her sister’s wedding,<7/_a place ,h‘'_ten miles distant.
2 В U.liet'.uM’ci'a
34
Chapter 2 Prepositions and Ph-osol Verbs
Swift not only agreed, but lent her one,9)his own horses, and
ordered his servant to ride <‘®‘_her. The girl went
the room 02)__great joy and forgot to shut the door(,J)_her.
,u’ a quarter<l5'an hour,,G)her departure Swift sent a
servant n,>__her to order her immediate return. The poor girl
obeyed, and entering<l8)_his room asked what her master wished.
“Only shut the door”, said Swift, “and then continue your journey”.
Ex.20. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
THE CONDUCTOR'S MISTAKE
Once Mark Twain was travelling<l)____France *’____train. He
was going a small town <4>_________Paris. Il was very late <5’_
night, he was very tired and sleepy. He asked the conductor to
wake him _______when they got<7>____that town and went *XI_____
bed. Il was early ____the morning when the writer woke ,,0)____,
the train was already u,>_Paris.
Mark Twain was very angry. He ran ___________the conductor
and cried(П)____, “I asked you to wake me ‘1Ъ__. Why didn't you
do it? I am very angry',,3)you." The conductor looked n6)
him <l7>a moment and said, “You may be very angry, but not
so angry as the American whom 1 put <|Х|___the train <l9,__that
town (20’_______you.”
How would you feel in Mark Twain's place?
Ex.21. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
AN ENGLISHMAN IN JAPAN
Once an Englishman went <h_____Japan. He had a Japanese
servant who was very polite. The Englishman wanted to get____
early(,)__the morning and asked his servant to wake him H>___
<J> six o’clock.
35
(6)_six o’clock the servant came<7> the Englishman’s room
very quietly. When he saw that the Englishman was sleeping, he
look a piece____paper and wrote some wordsl9>_it. Then he
quietly left the room.
The Englishman woke d0>"h._____eleven o’clock, jumped
(,2>_____bed, looked (l” his watch and then saw the piece
(H>paper °5’ the table. It said, “Dear sir, it is six o’clock
now. Please, get___”.
Predice
Ex.22. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
A BAD CUSTOMER
A man went <h______a shop and asked ,2>____ a pound ,3>____
apples which cost one shilling. The shopkeeper gave them 141__
him. Then the man asked, “Can J change the apples<5>__a pound
1,0__plums? The price is the same”. The shopkeeper agreed, took
the apples <7‘and gave him plums. The man took them and was
going Io leave _____the shop. The shopkeeper asked him _______
the money.
“The money4,0)_____what?” asked the man.
“The money ________the plums”, said the shopkeeper.
“But 1 gave you the apples (l1'__the plums”, answered the
man.
“Well, then the money_______the apples”.
“But you still have your apples”, said the man and walked(,4>
the shop.
Ex.23. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
THE ROOM WITH A DIRTY CARPET
Mrs. Jones went ш____the sitting-room. It was dark. It was late
and she was tired. She found the switch ___the light, switejjed it
°*___and noticed that the carpet was dirty. She put (4)___the
2*
36
Chapter 2 Prepositions end Phrasal Verbs
radio. There was a program ,5‘___bacteriology. She turned it<6>
again and put<?>____the television set instead. There was a program
<*»pop music. The noise was deafening. She hated noise. She
turned it very low, turned ,ъ the light and sat _________to relax.
I'he music was very faint now and the singers’ open mouths looked
ridiculous so she turned the volume (,h_____again. No, the music
was dreadful. She switched the television n2‘, put ,l3‘the
light, switched G4,_ _ the radio again, turned one(,s>___the knobs
and found another program — Chopin Nocturnes — very relaxing!
But the carpet was dirty: she couldn’t relax d6)___a room “7>______
a dirty carpet. So she found the vacuum cleaner, took the plug,
plugged it 081____, and switched the vacuum cleaner(,9)_____. Now
she couldn't hear the Chopin so she turned it <20)_______. But (he
noise very tiring. She switched,2n__the vacuum cleaner, unplugged
it, put,22>__the light, sat and fell asleep 0,1 the room
____a dirty carpet.
Can you relax in a room with a dirty carpet?
Ex.24. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
THE ONLY CIGARETTE
One day a man d>______ about fifty came to see a doctor. He
complained <2‘___weakness, . frequent headaches, and(4)_________
loss ,5’ memory. The doctor listened <6>______the patient, then
examined him very attentively.,7>___ a thorough examination and
a number medical tests and counts he diagnosed
overexhaustion. So he told the man to stop working w_____a time,
to go (,0>the country, to go (,l>______bed early, to get<l2)____
early, to take long walks, to eat vegetable and fruit, not to drink
alcohol and smoke one cigarette a day.
Two weeks later the patient reappeared 031__his room looking
still pale and thin and haggard. The doctor was a little surprised and
asked the patient if he was following his instructions closely. The
patient said that he had come to ask the doctor to change, if possible,
some “41____his recommendations. He said he could do cvcGHhing
very carefully, long walks, vegetables. everything, <IS‘_fact, except
37
that cigarette. He wondered if it was possible to take two walks
______one cigarette. He added it was difficult(,7>him to begin
smoking (l8)___his age, and he said the example was very bad
°9'___his grandchildren.
H^ty do you think the doctor prescribed his patient one cigarette
a day?
Ex.25. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
LOST AND FOUND
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
In summer I went<n_____Scarborough. When I arrived there it
was late afternoon.(2)_dinner I put °*_my raincoat and went
,4)__,5)___a walk. It was a dull day. The sky was covered _
clouds, and it was raining a little. The wind was very strong and it
was difficult to walk but 1 wanted some air. While 1 was walking
slowly,7)__a quiet empty street I saw a stranger. He first passed
me , but then he stopped.
“Is that you. old man?" he shouted. “It’s nice to sec you! I was
never so glad to see you __my whole life!"
I turned “0). It was Jones.
“Why. what are you doing here? What’s the matter?" 1 said.
“And aren’t you cold?" Jones was wearing flannel trousers and
a thin shirt. “Why don’t you go home?"
“I cannot", he answered. “I forgot the name uh__the hotel
where my wife and 1 stayed. Take me ”2’you and give me
something to cat."
“Haven't you any money?" I asked.
“Not a penny. We got here,B)York, my wife and 1,,bh______
about eleven. We left our things(15>the station and went<l6’
the hotel. 1 changed my clothes and went u’’__<’ю___a walk.
1'he sun was shining brightly and there was nothing ,;<>>_the
weather forecast(20>rain. But I forgot io take the address."
“Can you describe the street or the house?'
“No,” he said sadly.
“Well, I'm sure that we'll find where you live soon
Chapter 2 Preventions and Phrasai Vehs
enough/’ I said. 1 took him 122)__my hotel and gave him some
food. We then began telephoning all the hotels,23>_Scarborough.
We did so well that next afternoon Jones found both his hotel and
his wife.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Have you ever got lost in another city?
2) How did you feel then?
Ex.26. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
MR. SEILER IS SELLING HIS BOOKS
(after Stephen Leacock)
Mr. Seller's bookshop is across the street<n my house. It is
situated 121__a tall modern building and it is quite famous. It is
always full<3>__people.
I often go <4>_there to look new' books. He has a lot
_____ different books ,7>____ his shelves. When 1 go (8)______
Mr. Seller’s shop I usually stay there (9)____________________a few hours.
<,0>__that day while 1 was looking <H)____the books 1 was
watching Mr. SellerU2)___work. 1 shall describe some "3J___his
methods U4)___you.
A lady came <l5)the shop and asked ll6)_______a book. Mr.
Seller showed “Golden Dreams” (,7‘___her and said, “The readers
arc fond _____this book.”
Another lady entered <l9>_the shop. She was <20:’_ black.
Mr. Seller also gave,2h__her “Golden Dreams”. “It’s a beautiful
book,” he said, “(22)_love, very simple and sad. My wife cried all
the time reading it.”
“Have you any good reading (25)___vacation time?” asked the
next customer. Mr. Seller recommended “Golden Dreams” once
again. “The most humorous book U4,__ the season,” he said. “My
wife laughed every minute reading it. It’s her favourite book now.”
And every' customer who entered (2S’__the shop went <*>____
with “Golden Dreams”. To one lady he sold “Golden Dtfcams” as
the reading <27’__a holiday,<2*’__another as the book to read
after the holiday, another bought it to read a rainy day and
a fourth as the right book (30>___a fine day.
When I was leaving (ih_______the shop 1 went 02)__________the
seller and asked him, “Do you like the book yourself?*’ — “Dear
me!” he said, “I’ve no idea <33).___the book. I’ve no lime to read
evcr>z book I’m selling.” — “And did your wife really like the book?”
- “I’m not married, sir,” he answered smiling.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Was Mr. Seller’s method of selling books a success?
2) Do you think him to be a prosperous businessman? Why?
Ex.27. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
IRISH STEW
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
One day, when the three friends and their dog were very hungry',
George said, **1*11 make Irish Stew ______dinner. I’ll use some
vegetables, the cold beef and some other things left over<2’
breakfast”.
It seemed <3)___them a wonderful idea. George made a fire,
took a pot and poured some river water it. Then he put a
dozen,5>_____potatoes, a cabbage and '6|__half a peck(7>.____peas
<ю____the pot. Harris added all the left-overs(9)_the stew; then
he found half a tin ,,0)salmon and a couple ’U)__ eggs, and
put them<l2'____, too. There were some other ingredients that they
put(B>____the pot. And(t4)____last the dog appeared (,5\__a dead
water-rat(,6>his mouth which was his contribution (,7)_______the
dinner. The three friends had a discussion whether or not to put
the rat______the slew. Harris said that it would be all right mixed
°9’___the other things, but George said, “I’ve never heard (20)__
water-rats (2h__Irish Stew. So, to be l22>____the safe side, let’s
not iry experiments. Harris said, “If you never try a new thing,
how can you tell what it's like! Think <23)___the man who first
tried German sausage?”
That Irish Stew was really wonderful. There was something fresh
,24>the meal, it had a new flavour,<25)_______a taste like nothing*
else 1261 'the earth.
40
Chopfer 2 Prepositions ord Phrasal Verbs
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Make a list of the ingredients of the Irish Stew the three
friends made.
2) Do you think it was really delicious?
Ex.28. Fill in (he blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
i
€
A MELTING STORY
(after Mark Twain)
1
One winter evening a country shopkeeper was _____to close his
shop ______the night. He went»<3>,___to shut the windows ‘'°
outside and,5>___the glass he noticed how a man,6)_____the shop
quickly took a pound <7>____fresh butter,8>___a shelf and hid it
his hat.
“What fun I'll have", the shopkeeper said ,l0'_himself as he
thought<in____a way to punish the man (,2i____stealing.
“I say. Seth”, said the shopkeeper, as he came UJ>_____, and
closed the door ,,4‘__him.
Seth already had his hand <l5)the door, ready to leave the
shop as quickly as possible.
“1 say, Seth, sit ,U). <p)such a cold night it is very
pleasant to sit “bl__ a warm room”.
Seth did not know what to do. He had the butter______the hat
and he wanted to get the shop ,2n_________________once. But the
shopkeeper took Seth (-2’___the shoulder and made him sit close
<23‘the stove<24>_____the corner<25>____boxes and barrels.
“We'll make it a little warmer. Seth”, he said as he opened the
stove door and put a number(26'____slicks *271__. “ If you are not
warm enough you'll freeze when you gol2Sl_____<29>__a night like
this’’.
11
Seth already felt the butler melting, and he jumped 4301 and
said he must go.
“Not till you are quite warm, Seth. I’ll tell you a story”,-•Aid the
shopkeeper as he made Seth sit(5I>___again.
“Oh, it’s so hot here”, said Seth.
“Sit,?2)___, don't be <33)such a hurry”.
“But 1 must go. My cows... they’re hungry... 1 must go and feed
them”.
“Don’t hurry'. Seth, let the cows take care 'J4)_themselves”.
Poor Seth’ He didn’t know what to do. The butter began to melt
and came pouring O5)_____ under his hat <36‘__into his eyes and
mouth.
The shopkeeper was talking as if nothing was the matter and
continued to put sticks(37>__the stove.
“Fine night it is”, he said. ’’Seth, why don’t you take your hat
(M)___? You seem to be warm. Let me put your hat _____there”.
“No!” cried poor Seth ,401 last. “No! I must go! Let me go
,4I>__. I’m not well. Let me go!”
The butter was now pouring <42' the poor man’s face and
neck and even <4J> his body l44)_ his boots, so that he was
(45>__a perfect bath (46'oil.
“Well, good night, Seth”, said the shopkeeper smiling, “if you
really want to go”. Then he added, as Seth started *47’_____the
door, “I say, Seth, I think the fun 1 have had <4X|___you is
worth nine pence so I won’t charge you <49'___that pound<50)____
butter ‘5h your hat”.
Answer the questions on the text.
Practice
1) How do you think Seth might feel?
2) Do you think the shopkeeper really taught him a lesson?
3) Will it serve him right?
Ex.29. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
OLD COUNTRY ADVICE
TO THE AMERICAN TRAVELLER
(after William Saroyan)
I
One day my uncle Melik traveled <h___Fresno (2' ^New'
York. Before he got °’board the train his uncle Garro paid
him a visit and told him ,4>dangers travel. • '
Chapter 2 Ргеро$Июп$ and Phrasal Verbs
42 “When you get <6>___________the train/* the old man said, “choose
your seat carefully, sit<7>__and do not look<S|_____.”
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
“Several moments<9>_____the train begins to move,” the old man
said, “two men wearing uniforms will come °0>_______the aisle and
ask you ;B>____your ticket. Ignore them. They will be impostors.’*
“How shall I know?” my uncle said.
“You will know.” the old man said. “You are no longer a child.”
“Yes, sir.” my uncle said.
“(,2,__you have travelled twenty miles, an amiable young man
will come(ll>_________you and offer you a cigarette. Tell him you
don’t smoke. The cigarette will be doped.”
“Yes. sir,” my uncle said.
“<l4> your way the diner a very beautiful young woman
will run(,<”_______you{,7>____purpose and almost embrace you,”
the old man said. “She will be extremely apologetic and attractive
and your natural wish will be to become friends °8’____her. Don't
do this, go (,9)___ the diner and eat. The woman will be an
adventuress.”
“Л what?” my uncle said.
“An adventuress,” the old man shouted. “Go(20>_______the diner
and eat. Order the best food, and if the diner is crowded, and the
₽* beautiful young woman sits(2I>_____your table, do not look1221_____
her eyes. If she speaks, pretend to be deaf.”
“Yes, sir.” my uncle said.
“Pretend to be deaf,” the old man said. “That’s the only way
(23) i( ’*
“Out of what?” my uncle said.
“<24’________the whole trouble,” the old man said. “1 have
travelled. 1 know what I am talking<25>___.”
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
“Let’s say no more (26)___it,” the old man said.
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
П
“(27)___your way back,28)______your seat,29)___the diner,” the
old man said, “you will pass,30)___the smoker. There you will find
a game (3I)____cards (?2‘___progress. The players will be three
middle-aged men ________expensive-looking rings,M)___theiijingcrs.
They will nod (}5)____you pleasantly and one them will
invite you to join the game. Tell them “1 don’t speak English.”
43
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
‘‘That is all,” said (he old man.
“Thank you very much,” my uncle said.
“One thing more,” the old man said. “When you go<37>____bed
______night, take your money ,w*your pocket and put it
<40>__your shoe. Put your shoe(4"____the pillow, keep your head
H2)the pillow all night and don't sleep.”
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
“That is all,” the old man said.
The old man went(43>____and the next day my uncle Melik got
aboard the train and went (44>.New York. The two men ,45>
uniforms were not impostors, the young man 1461 the doped
cigarettes did not appear, the beautiful young woman did not sit
<47)__his table ,4Я\___the diner, and there was no card game
<49'__progress<so’___the smoker. My uncle put his money(5U_____
the shoe and put his shoe ,52’__the pillow and didn’t sleep all
night the first night, but the second night he gave<53)_the whole
ritual.
The second day he himself offered another young man a cigarette
which the other man accepted.,S4>____the diner my uncle went to
sit (55>_a table (56)__a young lady. He started a poker game
<57)__the smoker and long,58’the train got<s”___________New York
my uncle knew everybody aboard the train and everybody knew
him. While the train was travelling_____Ohio my uncle and the
young man who had accepted the cigarette and two young ladies
sang .American songs together.
The journey was a very pleasant one.
When my uncle Melik came(6I>______New York, his uncle Garo
visited him again.
“1 sec you arc looking all right,” he said. “Did you follow my
instructions?”
“Yes, sir,” my uncle said.
“I am pleased,” he said, “That someone has profited,62)_my
experience.”
Prodice
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Was uncle Garro a really experienced traveller?
2) How many times do you think he had travelled? Why
you think so?
3) Why didn't uncle Melik follow his uncle’s advice?
44
Chopler 2. Propositions and Phrasa? Verbs
4) Compare uncle Melik’s and uncle Garro’s characters. Are
they alike?
5) How do you understand the proverb ‘‘Good .advice is beyond
price”? Does it explain the main idea of the story?
Ex.30. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions and postpositions.
Find in the text all phrasal verbs and learn their meaning. Use
Appendices.
WE PACK
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
1
We had made a list10 things to be taken (2)______we parted
that evening. The next day, which was Friday, wc got them all
together and met °*___the evening to pack. We moved the table
<4)______the window, put everything{5)____the middle (6)___the
floor and satt7>__to look ,X)__it.
I said I'd pack.
I am rather proud <9)my packing. Packing is one 001_________
those many things that I feel I know more ,,l>than any other
person living. George and Harris agreed.
This was not what I expected. I had meant,02>___course, that
I should look<B>the job, and Harris and George should follow
my instructions. However, 1 didn’t say anything but started packing.
It seemed a longer job than 1 had thought it was going to be, but
I got the bag finished ,J4)last, and sat <15)__it.
“Arc you going to put the boots _____?” said Harris.
And I looked <l7’___and found I had forgotten them.
That’s just like Harris. 1 opened the bag and put the boots °9';
and then just as I was going to close it, a horrible idea occurred
<20’__me. Had I packed my tooth-brush?(2I>course, I had to
tun everything<22>____now, and<23t course, I couldn't find it.
<24‘__course, I found George’s and Harris’s eighteen limes but
I couldn’t find my own. I pul the ihings (25)__one ,26>___one
and leld everything <27)__and shook it. Then I founrtjt <2S)__
a boo. 1 repacked once more.
When I had finished. George asked if (he soap was<29>_. 1 said
1 didn’t care whether the soap was <30>_ or whether it wasn't and
1 shut the bag and found that I had packed iny tobacco (3I>it
and had to reopen it. It got shut <32)finally <M>10.50 p.m.
and then we had two baskets to pack. Harris said that he and
George had better do the rest; and 1 agreed and sat<34).
They stalled<35)breaking a cup. Then Harris packed the jam
,36'_top °7’__a tomato, and they had to pick <38>_ the tomato
a tea-spoon. Then it was George’s turn and he stepped
(40>_ the butter. I didn’t say anything but I came (4,).and sal
(42>the table and watched <43)them. It made them nervous,
and they stepped (H)things, and put things <45'them and
then couldn’t find them when they wanted them. And they packed
the pics the bottom and put heavy things,47)_________the top.
,4H>George had got the butter ”9>his boot, they pul it
,so’_(5h___a chair and Harris sat,52)_il and they went looking
,53>il all 04)the room. Then George got<5$),5W________the
back <57‘Harris and saw it.
“Why. here it is all the lime,” he exclaimed.
“Where?” cried Harris turning quicklytS8)
“Stand still, can’t you?” roared George flying(59>_him.
And they goi the builer(60>and packed it.
The packing was donc(6,>_12.50: and Harris sat(621 a big
basket, and said he hoped nothing would be found broken. George
said that if anything was broken it was broken. He also said he was
ready ,63>_bed. We were all ready<и*_bed.
Prodice
Answer (he questions on the (ext.
1) How many times did the friends repack the bag?
2) Who appeared to be a real expert in packing?
3) How much time did it lake them to pack lhe baskets?
4) Why didn’t they manage to pack properly?
5) Arc you fond of packing?
6) Do you find it difficult/easy/amusing/boring to pack?
7) Does anybody help you io pack your things?
8) How do you understand the proverb “If you want a thing
well done, do it yourself’? Do you agree with it?
Ex.31. Fill in the blanks with proper prepositions.
Chapter 2 Prepositions and Phrosol Verbs
UNCLE PODGER PUTS UP A PICTURE
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
I
Aunt Podger. “This picture has just come(0_the shop, dear.
What’s to be done (2)it? Shall we call a man to put it o>_?”
Uncle Podger: “Oh, you leave that *4’_me. Don't any<5>_____
you worry yourselves<<0___that. I'll do all that.'*
He puts the picture(7’_the table, takes his coat, puts it
____a chairand calls. “Jane, Jane!"
Jane runs <,0>, “Yes, sir?”
Uncle Podger: “Run and get me some nails. Jane. (Jane runs
<”*___). Oh, Jim, run 021 her and tell her to get four-inch
nails. She doesn’t know what size to get. (Jim runs l,3>__J. Now
you go and get me the hammer. Will. And >ou, Tom, bring me the
rule and I'll measure the distance <l41 the ceiling. (Tom goes
<ls', and Jim comes,,6)____). And I shall want a step-ladder and
I had better have a kitchen-chair, too. And don’t you go, Maria,
because I shall want somebody to hold me the light.
(Tom and Will bring1171_the ladder. Jane comes,K)‘w
the nails).
Jane: “Here's the nails.”
Uncle Podger “That’s good. And Tom! Where is Tom? Tom,
you come here. I'll want you to hand me<2q)the picture. (Tom
comes’21»him. Uncle Podger takes the picture ,22‘the
table and drops it. He hurts his hand and looks (23) his
handkerchief). Now, where’s my handkerchief? Oh, yes. ifs’74»_
the pocket(25’__my coat. Get my coat. (He sits *26»______<2?l_
the chair ,2*‘__which he had put his coal. Everybody starts looking
(29)his coat. Jane comes ,30‘and starts looking Ul)it loo.
Tom goes U2)____to get a new glass).
Uncle Podger: “Doesn’t anybody,J3)____the whole house know
where my coat is? I’ve never come such a family<35)all
my life,<36’my word. I haven’t. Six °7'you! And you can't
find the coat that I took(3K>five minutes ago. Well, of all the...
(He gels U9‘____, finds that he has been sitting,4<n_it). Oh, you
can give it(4I>_. I’ve found it myself now. I might just as well
have asked the cat to find anything as expect you to find tt! (He
takes (42‘his handkerchief and ties it,43>his hand).
Uncle Podger gets<44',45’the chair. Two people hold the
chair. Aunt Podger holds (4*>____a lamp and Tom stands ,47’____
holding the picture. Uncle Podger makes a mark ______the wall
(49>___a pencil. Then Jim hands him a nail and Will hands him the
hammer. He drops the nail). There! Now the nail'sgone. (Evenbody
gets (50)_<5h____his knees to look (52)__it. Uncle Podger puts
the hammer(53>a step ,54)the ladder).
II
Uncle Podger. “I’d like to know if I'm to be kept up here all the
evening. (The nail is found ,ss’_last and handed <56‘__Uncle
Podger). Where’s the hammer? Great Heavens’. Doesn’t anyone
know what 1 did <5’>__the hammer? (The hammer is found<s81_____
the ladder. He looks(W)___the mark he has made the wall
and can't find it). Where is the mark 1 have made? Jim, come here.
Can you see it? (Jim gets ,6I>___,w*__the chair).
Jim: “Here it is”.
Uncle Podger: “No. it is not. Will, perhaps, you can find it.
Will (getting <63),M1____the chair): Is this it?
Uncle Podger “You fool!_______course, it isn’t. That’s too low.
You. Tom!”
Tom (putting the picture ______the table and getting <6\_
(68)___the chair): “I think this is it.”
Uncle Podger “No! That's far too high. Give me the ruler and
i'll find the place myself. You are all fools! Can't do anything right.
You just stand there staring. No help at all!”
Aunt Podger: “Now, now! 1 won't allow the children to hear
such language.”
(IW)___last Uncle Podger finds the mark, puts the point(70>_
the nail,7,)__it and begins to hammer it. He hits the thumb, and
drops the hammer _______somebody’s toes. The yell is heard. Uncle
Podger puts his thumb<7S)___his mouth).
Aunt Podger: “Next lime’you’re going to hammer a nail (74’__
the wall, I hope you’ll let me know ,75> time. I'll make
arrangements to go and spend a week<7fc>my mother while it's
being done.”
Uncle Podger: “Oh, you women, you make a fuss
everything. Why, 1 like doing a little job like this. (Uncle Podger
hits the wall very' hard. Aunt Podger puts her hand (78,__her
Prociice
Chapter 2 Prepositions and Phrasal Verbs
forehead and lies ,w‘_(W)__the sofa. Uncle Podgcr goes____
hammering ,s2)__the wall.‘“3)last the nail is driven ,W).
Tom hands’*51___the picture. Il is pul,M”very badly. Everybody
is tired except Uncle Podgcr). There you are! (Stepping,l$7'the
chair ***’____Jim’s feet and looking<JN>______the picture).
Why. some people would have had a man<91'to do a little thing
like that! (Jim limps off, Jane sweeps the floor. Aunt Podgcr lies
speechless’’и___the sofa).
Uncle Podger (looking proudly (9\_(he picture): “Now. who
else could have put a picture so well, I’d like to know?”
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I ) Uncle Podger did everything himself.
2) Uncle Podger didn't have anybody to help him.
3) Uncle Podgcr involved the whole family in putting up the
picture.
4) Uncle Podgcr considered himself an expert in doing things.
5) Uncle Podgcr could not do anything properly.
6) The only thing uncle Podgcr could do was making a fuss.
7) The picture was put perfectly well.
8) Uncle Podger was proud of himself.
9) Everybody was pleased with uncle Podger.
10) Uncle Podger is Jack of all trades.
11 ) Uncle Podger is Jack of all trades and master of none.
Модальные глаголы выражают не действие, а отношение
говорящего к этому действию, а также большую или меньшую
степень вероятности его совершения. Модальные глаголы ха-
рактеризуются рядом обших признаков:
1)они не имеют .многих временных форм, а также форм
герундия, причастия и инфинитива;
2) модальные глаголы не спрягаются;
3) инфинитив после модальных глаголов употребляется без
частины “to" (исключение составляет глагол oughts после ко-
торого инфинитив употребляется с частицей “to");
4) вопросительные и отрицательные формы модальные гла-
голы строят без вспомогательных глаголов, т. е. в предложе-
нии они сами выполняют функцию вспомогательных глаго-
лов.
The modal verb CAN
Модольный глагол CAN
Модальный глагол сап (мочь, быть в состоянии) имеет фор-
му прошедшего времени could и употребляется:
1) для обозначения физической или умственной способно-
сти совершения того или иного действия в настоящем, буду-
щем (сап) или прошедшем времени (could):
e.g. Гот can play the guitar.
/ couldn't come to the parry yesterday.
50
Chapter 3. Modal Verbs
2) для выражения разрешения (при этом форма could явля-
ется более вежливой, чем сап):
e.g. Can/could 1 use your pen for a moment? — You can take my
pencil if you like.
All citizens over the age of IS can vote.
3) для выражения просьбы (и вновь более вежливой фор-
мой является could):
e.g. Can/could you type these letters for me ? (= Please, type them
for me)
4) xiя выражения совета, предложения:
e.g. Can/could I give you a hand with the preparations?
IVe can/could have the meeting on Tuesday instead.
5)дтя выражения логического умозаключения (в отрица-
тельной форме):
e.g. ft is Sunday. He can 't/couldn *t be at work. (I'm sure he is not
at work.)
6) для выражения возможности совершения действия (при
этом сап обозначает теоретическую возможность, а could ука-
зывает на определенную ситуацию):
e.g. This road can get very busy.
The roads could get very busy tomorrow afternoon because
there will be a demonstration.
7) для выражения запрета (в отрицательной форме):
e.g. You сап У smoke here (- if is not alowed),
8) для выражения нереализованной возможности в прошлом
(с последующим перфектным инфинитивом):
e.g. We could have gone to the movies but we decided to stay at
home.
• Для выражения возможности совершения действия в бу-
дущем, а также единичного действия в прошлом (в значении
“удалось что-то сделать”), следует употреблять эквивалент мо-
дального глагола сап — to be able to.
e.g. Although it was dark, he was able to find his way.
The modal verb MAY
Модельный глагол MAY
Модальный ыагол may (мочь) имеет форму прошедшего
времени might и употребляется для выражения:
I) разрешения на совершение действия:
e.g. .Muy / come in?
You may take this book.
2) просьбы (при этом might является более официальным и
используется не часто):
e.g. Мау I have a piece of that cake, please?
3) возможности (вероятности) совершения действия в оп-
ределенной ситуации:
e.g. Where is Ann ? — She may/might be in the library.
4) возможности (вероятности) совершения действия в про-
шлом (с последующим перфектным инфинитивом):
e. g. / сап 7 find ту bag. — You may/might have left it in the store.
t
• Для выражения просьбы и разрешения, относящихся к
будущему, употребляется эквивалент модального глагола may
— to be allowed to.
e.g. I will he allowed to go to the disco next week.
•
The modal verb MUST
Модальный глагол MUST
Модальный глагол must (быть должным, обязанным, дол-
женствовать) имеет единственную форму и употребляется для
выражения:
I) необходимости, обязательности совершения действия:
e.g. 1 must finish the report by tomorrow.
2) логического умозаключения:
e.g. It is Sunday. He must he at home. (I in sure he is at home,
because it is Sunday)
52
Chopte' 3 Modol Verbs
3) вероятности того или иного действия:
e.g. How old is Nick ? — He must be 25. (I think I he is 25)
4) вероятности в прошлом (с последующим перфектным
инфинитивом):
e.g. The phone rang, but / didn't hear it. / must have been asleep.
(I think I was asleep)
5) запрета (в отрицательной форме):
e.g. You must not smoke here. (— You can't smoke here, it is not
allowed)
• Для выражения долженствования, относящегося к буду-
щему или прошлому, употребляются эквиваленты модального
глагола must — to have to и to be to. Необходимо помнить, что
указанные выше эквиваленты имеют дополнительные опен-
ки значения. Так, to have to выражает необходимость совер-
шения действия в зависимости от обстоятельств и часто упот-
ребляется в значении «вынужден, приходится”, в то время
как to be to выражает необходимость совершения действия в
зависимости от расписания, плана, договоренности:
e.g. Tomorrow / will have to get up early.
The exams are to start on the T’ of June.
• Вопросительные и отрицательные предложения с экви-
валентом to have to строятся при помощи дополнительных вспо-
могательных глаголов (do, did. will):
e.g. You don’t have to come here tomorrow, we 'll manage without you.
The modal verb SHOULD
Модальный глагол SHOULD
Модальный глагол should (следует, следовало бы) употреб-
ляется для выражения:
I) обязанности:
e.g. People should take better care of the environment.
2) совета: 53
e.g. You should always wear a life jacket when you go canoeing. , т
(/ advise you to do it) 13
3) упрека (с последующим перфектным инфинитивом):
e.g. You should have come to my help. (But you didn'!.)
4) вероятности совершения действия:
e.g. It's 10 о 'clock. He should be at work. (I think he is at work)
The modal verb OUGHT
Модальный глагол OUGHT
Модальный глагол ought (следует) употребляется для выра-
жения:
I) долженствования:
e.g. You ought to be polite. (It's your duty)
2) совета:
e.g. You ought to think it over more before you make a decision.
(I advise you to think it over)
3) вероятности:
e.g. The telegramme ought to reach him within two hours. (/ think
it will read him)
4) упрека (с последующим перфектным инфинитивом):
e.g. You ought to have written to her. (But you didn't.)
The modal verb NEED
Модельный глогол NEED
Модальный глагол need (быть должным, обязанным) упот-
ребляется преимущественно в отрицательной и вопроситель-
ной форме для выражения:
Chooler 3 Moda Verbs
I) долженствования:
e.g. Need i talk to the boss right now?
2) отсутствия необходимости:
e.g. Yu a needn't work tonight. (You don’t have to)
• Необходимо помнить, что глагол “need” может высту-
пать и в функции смыслового глагола. В этом случае он при-
нимает окончание —s, образует вопросительную и оюинатель-
ную формы при помощи вспомогательного глагола “do”, и
требует инфинитива с частицей “to”.
e.g. You don’t need to look up his phone number. I ve got it right
here.
Выражения различной степени вероятности
совершения действия
с помощью модальных глаголов
т 100% certain He will be (here by now. I’m absolutely sure.
very certain He should/must be there by now. Гт sure he will.
pretty certain He can/could be there by now. I think will.
not very certain He may/might be there by now. Perhaps, he will. Or he will not.
impossible He can't/won’t be there by now. Гт sure he won’t.
55
Ex.32. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs can, may, must,
have to.
Prodice
A DUMB WIFE
Once there was a man whose wife was dumb and this made him
very sad because he loved her very much. Alter some time he went
to see a doctor and said, “n>_you make my wife speak?” —
“Perhaps I <2>__”, said the doctor. — “The operation is difficult
but I try and I’ll do my best to help you”. — “Of course,
you <4> try”, said the husband. — “,S) you bring her
tomorrow?” asked the doctor. — “Of course, I<e>”.
The next day I he doctor made the operation and the dumb wife
<7>_speak now. She spoke so much and so loudly that in a few
hours her husband ran back to the doctor and cried, “tH>_you
make my wife dumb again?” — “No,” said the doctor. — “You
<9>_ make a dumb woman speak but you‘,l,)_make a woman
stop talking.” — “What(l,)_I do?” said the man. — “I shall
soon die if 1U2)_listen to her all day long.” — “Well,” said the
doctor, “1(l3’ make her dumb but I(H)make you deaf and
you “5‘___ listen to her.” — “Very’ well,” said the man, “you
<|ъ'do so. It will be better than the other way.”
What would you choose in a similar situation ?
Ex.33. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs can, must, should,
have to.
A WHITE WINTER DRESS
The Little Hare was not happy: he was afraid of the Fox and the
Bear. In summer he (l>______hide in the grass. But he did not know
how to get ready for winter. “I(2)______ask my friends, they<J)
help me”, he thought.
So he went to the Partridge and said, “l4)you tell me. good
bird, how you hide from the Fox in winter?” And the Partridge
answered, “When Autumn goes she always leaves me a white
56
Chapter 3 Modal Verbs
costume. I put it on and the Fox not see me in the snow".
“You ,6'be a very brave bird", said the Hare. “But I’m
afraid of Autumn”. Then the Hare met some other friends but no
one<7)___help him, so he<ю___to go back to his tree and he slept
under it.
In the morning he got up and saw that the forest was white!
“What<0'___I do?" he thought and came to the water to drink. He
saw a white hare there, as while as snow.
“Oh. who<,0)___it be? It 1,,'__be another Hare! Oh, it’s me.
in a white dress".
Ex.34. Fill in (he blanks with the modal verbs can, must.
HERE IS YOUR MONEY
It was two o’clock at night. A young American doctor was in
bed. Suddenly he heard the door-bell ring. What<”a doctor
do? He_______help his patients even at night. When he opened the
door, he saw a gentleman standing there. “ I low do you do. Doctor?"
said the gentleman. — “,h__you go now to a place out of town?
h’s not near, but I know you have a car. I ____show you the
way.” — “Certainly," said the doctor.” — “I am quite ready.
I(5)___go with you now.”
1 Ic went to the garage and took his car. In a few minutes the car
was standing in front of the house and they started off. They drove
for some time. They<6)___be about 10 or 15 miles from the town
when the gentleman said, “Here we arc. This is my home. Thank
you very much. Now 1,7>____pay you and you_____go home.” —
“How 1 go home?" said the doctor. — “I °0’__________see the
patient. Where is he?" — “There is no patient," said the gentleman.
— “Nobody is ill. I live here as you sec and one,ih_get home
somehow. There are no taxis at this time of the night but a doctor
<l?>___help his patients even at night. So, excuse me. Here is your
money. Thank you. Good night."
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Can you imagine the doctor’s answer?
2) How would you behave in this situation?
Ex.35. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs сел, must, should, 57
ought, have to.
A SCHOOL REPORT
Father: Your school report says: “Latin: He _do better
work than he docs”.
S о n: I do the best 1,2)_. He<3>not expect more.
Fath c r: Your arithmetic: “He l4>to be higher in the class,
but he is careless”.
S о n: The teacher not to set so much homework.
Father: French: “He really be more attentive.”
S о n: Yes. I |7’_get promoted in French ^so as to get away
from Mr. Brown.
Father: My son. you <8>to work a great deal harder next
term.
Son: _____I really to learn French?
Father: Yes, you *,0)__. You simply °”to pass your
exams.
S о n: I think that French people "2)to learn English than
we ,,3‘to learn French.
Do you think the boy really does the best he can? Why/why not?
Procfke
Ex.36. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs cun, must, should,
ought, have to.
WHY WERE YOU LATE?
M a r y: You<n to have let me know you w'erc going to be so
late.
J о h n: I didn't know that myself. When I got on the bus. it
crawled along at 10 miles an hour and I was afraid I’d miss my
train.
Mary: You ,2)to have got a taxi.
J о h n: I nearly did. But then I realized it wouldn’t have been
any quicker. There was such a jam.
M a r y: It have been the rush hour.
J о h n: Yes, of course. That(4’_have been the trouble. At the
58
Chapter 3 Modal Verbs
station I <SI to queue for the ticket because my season-ticket
had run out and 1 had no change for the slot machine.
M a r y: You have bought a return ticket in the morning.
John: Of course J <7)„ have. And then I found the train I’d
meant to catch wasn’t running.
M a r y: Why was that? Whatever<8)____have happened?
J о h n: It<9'_have been cancelled due to some dispute on the
railway. So I<l0>to wait for the next train.
Why was John late?
Ex.37. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs can, may, must,
1 ought, need, have to, be able to.
I'D RATHER PACK NOW
Bill: Well, Mary, here we all arc to take you out to dinner
before our holidays begin tomorrow.
I Mar y: Oh, but I haven’t’ packed yet.
Bill: Neither have I. But you<h___eat sometimes.
George: Yes, Mary. We<2)help you pack later.
Ann: However, perhaps, she’d better do it now.
Mar y: Yes, I’d rather do it now.l3)_I take a lol of things?
Do I **»__more than one case?
George: No. Only what’s necessary for a few days.
Bill: You’d better take a change of clothes — and of course,
your toothbrush. And you <5'__need something to cat on the
train or boat.
/X n n: You (6'_to take a book to read, your camera, and of
course, your bathing costume.
M а г у: Hm! If you add much more 1<T|__ to take two cases
after all.
George: But wouldn’t you rather take too much than too
little? If you wanted some special thing in Jersey and then you
found that you’d left it in London, you’d be very cross, wouldn't
you?
M a r y: If I forgot anything 1 _buy it in Jersey, not 1?
Bill: Of course, you(W)___. You’d better not listen to George.
But you not lake more than you “2|________ carry bemuse we
d3)__not always find porters to carry our things.
5?
A n n: Oh, that doesn't matter. Bill. You and George (H)_to
carry them if we4l5’__not find porters.
G e о r ge: Do you hear that. Bill? <u”you cany Mary's
bags as well as your own?
M ary: Of course, he will. Id7)to get everything into one
case. I'm sure. I’ll fetch some of my things.
Bill: And if we started packing now we (,*)_still be in lime
to get something to cat. Come along, Ann, you ______help her
find what she wants.
A n n: Well, if we '2‘"_not shut the case, you and George
(2h__to sit on it to help.
M a r y: Here are some dresses and shoes. Why, you’re still
talking. Hurry up, everybody!
George: Yes, I’m getting hungry. If we hadn’t talked so
much we should have finished before now. Here’s your case, Mary.
I’ve opened it for you.
Practice
Answer the questions on the dialogue.
I) Why did Mary’s friends come over to her place?
2) W'hat did Mary want to do before going out to dinner?
3) Why did she want to pack?
4) Where was she going on holiday?
5) What did her friends advise her to take?
6) Why did not she want to take too many things?
7) Who would have to carry Mary’s things if they did not find
porters?
F.x.38. Fill in the blanks with the modal verbs can, may, must,
should, have to, be able to.
SPOKEN ENGLISH AND BROKEN ENGLISH
(after George Bernard Shaw)
If you are learning English because you intend to travel in England
and wish to be understood there, you not try to speak English
perfectly because, if you do, no one °'to understand you.
Though there is no such thing as perfectly correct English, there
is presentable English which we call “Good English”, but in Londono
nine hundred and ninety-nine out of every thousand people not
60
Chapter 3 Modal Verbs
only speak bad English but speak even that very badly. You<3>
say that even if they not speak English well themselves, they
at least,5)understand it when it is well spoken. They <6;
when the speaker is English: but when the speaker is a foreigner
the better he speak the harder it is to understand him.
Therefore the first thing you<R>to do is to speak with a strong
foreign accent. You <4>__speak broken English, that is English
without any grammar. Then every English person will think that
you ______be a foreigner, and try to understand you and be ready
to help.
He will not expect you to be polite and to use correct grammatical
phrases. He will be interested in you because you arc a foreigner. If
you say, ““h____you have the goodness, sir, to direct me to the
railway station at Charing Cross’’, pronouncing all the vowels and
consonants beautifully, nobodyl,2>to understand you and will
think you to be a beggar. But if you shout, “Please! Charing Cross!
Which way?”, you will have no difficulty. Half a dozen people will
give you directions al once.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Have you ever travelled abroad?
2) Have you ever talked to a foreigner?
3) Was it difficult to make yourself understood?
4) Can you give an example of spoken Russian and broken
Russian?
Ex.39. Translate the dialogue into Russian. Mind the meaning of
the modal verbs.
A POINTLESS ARGUMENT
Harr y: Were you able to write that letter yesterday, Nora?
Nora: Which letter do you mean?
Harr y: The one to the headmaster of Peter's school, saying
we want to take him away on holiday a week before the end of the
term.
N о r a: Oh. no! I must write it tonight.
Harr y: You ought to have written it yesterday, you^iow. We
may have left it too late.
Nora: But I thought you said I needn’t. Besides, don't you
think you’d better write it. as Peter’s father?
Harr y: I'd rather not. You can write that kind of letter much
better than I can, you always could.
N о г a: But, Harry, you could have spoken to the headmaster
when you met him last week; then we needn’t have worried about
writing that letter.
Harry: Yes, I know. And you could have written the letter
yesterday as you had promised you w'ould.
Answer the questions,
I) Whom did they have to write a letter to?
2) What was the problem?
3) Why did not they write a letter?
Indefinite Tenses
Времена группы Indefinite
Времена группы Indefinite употребляются для обозначения
обычных, регулярно происходящих действий, а также для кон-
статации фактов в настоящем, прошлом и будущем.
The Present Indefinite Tense
Настоящее неопределенное время
The Present Indefinite Tense образуется при помощи инфи-
нитива смыслового глагола без частицы to. В третьем лице
единственного числа к глаголу добавляемся окончание —s/-es:
e.g. / study al the university.
My brother likes to read detectives.
• Вопросительная и отрицательная форма образуется при
помощи вспомогательного глагола to do, который в третьем
лице единственного числа имеет форму does.
e.g. Do you often go to the movies?
Ann doesn ’t go out very often.
• The Present Indefinite Tense употребляется:
I) для выражения общеизвестной исмины или закона приро-
ды:
e.g. The sun rises in the East.
2) для выражения обычных, регулярно происходящих дей-
ствий:
e.g. lie takes the train to work every morning.
3) для констатации фактов в настоящем:
e.g. Не works in a hank.
4) Вместо Present Continuous для выражения настоящего
длительного действия, происходящего в момент речи, с глаго-
лами чувства и восприятия:
Theory
to see to hear to understand
to know to love to hate
to like to remember to forget
to recognize to notice to want
to wish to seem
5) Вместо Future Indefinite для выражения будущего дей-
ствия в придаточных предложениях времени и условия, относя-
щихся к будущему после союзов if, unless, when, till, until, as
soon as, before, after:
e.g. / 7/ give you this book as soon as / read it.
• The Present Indefinite Tense часто употребляется co следу-
ющими обстоятельствами времени:
usually always sometimes
often seldom from time to time
never as a nile every' day/week/month
on Mondays at night at the weekend
♦ in the morning/aftcnioon/evcning
The Past Indefinite Tense
Прошедшее неопределенное врег/.я
По способу образования прошедшего неопределенного вре-
мени все английские глаголы делятся на правильные и непра-
вильные. The Past Indefinite Tense правильных глаголов обри*
зуется при помощи прибавления окончания -ed к инфинити-
64
Chapter 4. Verb Tenses
uy смыслового глагола. Неправильные глаголы образуют Past
Indefinite путем изменения корневой гласной или всей осно-
вы глагола (см. Appendix III):
e.g. to study — studied, to work — worked, to begin — began,
to do — did
• Вопросительная и отрицательная формы глаголов в Past
Indefinite образуются при иомоши вспомогательного глагол®
did.
e.g. Did you go to the sea-side last summer?
/ didu ’t go to the disco last Sunday.
• The Past Indefinite Tense употребляется:
I) для выражения действия, произошедшего в прошлом:
. e.g. / entered the university last year.
2) для выражения общеизвестной истины в прошлом:
e.g. Petersburg was the capital of old Russia.
3) для выражения обычных, регулярно повторяющихся дей-
Vuz ствий в прошлом:
e.g. We went to the forest every day last summer.
• Для выражения повторяющегося действия в прошлом упот-
ребляются также конструкции used to + infinitive (иметь обык-
новение) или would + infinitive (часто, бывало):
e.g. Не used to соте to see us on Sundays.
She would read tales to the children in the evenings.
4) для выражения ряда последовательных действий:
e.g. We took our textbooks, opened them and began to read.
• The Past Indefinite Tense часто употребляется co следую-
щими обстоятельствами времени:
yesterday two days ago
in 1997 then
/ . . I '
last week/montli/year/suinincr
when
How long ago...? и др.
The Future Indefinite Tense
Будущее неопределенное время
The Future Indefinite Tense образуется при помощи вспомо-
гательного глагола will и инфинитива смыслового глагола без
частицы to:
e.g. I will graduate from the university in three years.
• The Future Indefinite Tense употребляется:
I) для констатации факта в будущем:
e.g. lie will return in an hour.
Theoty
2) для выражения регулярно повторяющегося действия в бу-
дущем:
e.g. / will always have lunch at this cafe.
3) для выражения общеизвестной истины в будущем:
e.g. A flower will die without water.
4) для выражения ряда последовательных событий в буду- ,
тем:
e.g. / will соте home, have supper, watch TV and go to bed at 12
o'clock.
•>
5) для предсказания событий в будущем с глаголами to think,
to believe, to expect и др., и с выражениями to be sure, to be
afraid:
e.g. f am afraid ive will be late for the meeting.
6) для выражения решений, принимаемых в момент речи:
e.g. I 7/ take this leg of a lamb.
7) для выражения просьб, обещаний, предложении, угроз:
e.g. / don't understand this rule. Hill you help me with it?^ Of
course! / 'll explain it to you.
3. В В. Бондарева
66
Chopter 4 Verb Tenses
• В придаточных предложениях времени и условия вместо
Future Indefinite употребляется Present Indefinite:
e.g. If it ruins, we 7/ stay at home.
• Для выражения намерений или запланированных действий
в будущем употребляется оборот to be going to do smth или The
Present Continuous Tense:
e.g. They are going to get married in three months.
/'m flying to London tomorrow morning.
• The Future Indefinite Tense часто употребляется co следу-
ющими обстоятельствами времени:
tomorrow
soon
in two weeks
the day after tomorrow tonight
next week/month/year/summer
in 2005
Continuous Tenses
Времена группы Continuous
Времена группы Continuous употребляются для обозначе-
v ния длительного действия в настоящем, прошлом или буду-
щем и образуются с помощью глагола to be в соответствую-
щей форме и Present Participle смыслового глагола (-ing from),
по формуле:
То be + V ing
PRESENT
CONTINUOUS
PAST
CONTINUOUS
FUTURE
CONTINUOUS
I am giving the baby a bath.
She is giving the baby a bath.
They arc giving the baby a bath.
I (he, she) was giving the baby a bath.
We (you, they) were giving the baby a bath.
I (you. he, she, we. they) will be giving
the baby a bath.
• Глаголы, употребляемые в одном из времен группы
Continuous, на русский язык обычно переводятся глаголей и
несовершенного вида.
67
The Present Continuous Tense
Настоящее продолженное время
The Present Continuous Tense употребляется:
I) для выражения длительного действия, происходящем о в
момент речи (часто с наречием now):
e.g. 1 ат doing an English exercise now.
Theory
2) для выражения длительного действия, которое началось
до момента речи и все еще продолжав гея (обычно с наречием
still):
e.g. Are you still reading this hook?
3)лля выражения будущего запланированного деист вин с
Dial одами движения to go, to leave, to start, to arrive, to move,
to come:
e.g. We are moving into a new flat next week.
4) для выражения регулярно повторяющихся действий в на-
стоящем с отрицательной эмоциональной окраской (обычно с
наречиями always, constantly, ever):
e.g. You are constantly interrupting me when 1 *m talking.
На русский язык такие предложения переводятся с помо-
щью слов: "Вечно ты ...”
• lhe Present Continuous Tense обычно употребляется со
следующими обстоятельствами времени:
now at the moment
these days still
today nowadays
at present
tonight и др.
• Глаголы чувств** и восприятия
to see to understand to know
to notice to remember to forget
to recognize to love to like
to hate to seem to want to wish
не употребляются в Present Continuous:
e.g. / don't understand what you are talking about.
68
Chapter 4. Verb Tenses
The Past Continuous Tense
Прошедшее продолженное время
The Past Continuous Tense употребляется :
I) для выражения действия, которое происходило в опреде-
ленный момент времени в прошлом, при этом момент времени
может быть выражен или наречием времени (then, at 6 o’clock
yesterday, from 3 till 5 o’clock yesterday, at that time), или прида-
точным предложением времени, в котором глагол употребля-
ется в Past Indefinite:
e.g. They were having dinner at seven о 'clock yesterday.
They were having dinner when I rang.
2) для выражения действия, которое совершаюсь в течение
длительного периода времени в прошлом:
e.g. Here you doing the rooms all day yesterday ?
3) для обозначения двух или более параллельно совершае-
мых действий в прошлом:
e.g. She was talking on her mobile phone while she was driving to
work.
4) для выражения регулярно повторяющегося действия в
прошлом с отрицательной эмоциональной окраской:
e.g. You were always coming home late.
• I he Past Continuous Tense часто упот ребляется co следу-
ющими обстоятельствами времени:
while all moming/evening
when at seven o’clock yesterday и др.
The Future Continuous Tense
Будущее продолженное время
The Future Continuous Tense употребляется:
1) для выражения действия, которое будет происходить в
69
определенный момент времени в будущем, при этом момент вре-
мени может быть выражен или наречием времени (at this time,
at 3 o’clock tomorrow, then и др.) или придаточным препожени-
ем времени, в котором глагол употребляется в Present Indefinite:
:ьсогу
e.g. This time next week / will he swimming in the ocean.
1 will be washing up when my mother comes.
2) для выражения двух параллельно происходящих действий
в будущем (обычно вводимых союзами while, when, после ко-
торых для обозначения длительного действия употребляется
Present Continuous):
e.g. I will be cooking dinner while he is going shopping.
Perfect Tenses
Времено группы Perfect
Времена группы Perfect употребляются для обозначения за-
конченных действий в настоящем, прошлом или будущем и
образуются с помощью вспомогательного глагола have и Past
Participle смыслового глагола (3-я форма неправильных гла-
голов или форма с окончанием -ed правильных глаголов), по
формуле:
То have + V3
PRESENT I (you, we, they) have written the letter.
PERFECT He (she) has written the letter.
PAST
PERFECT
(you, he. she, we, they) had written the letter.
FUTURE I (you, he, she. we, they) will have written
PERFECT the letter.
• Глаголы, употребляемые в одном из времен iруппы
Perfect, на русский язык переводятся обычно глаголамц^со-
вершенного вида.
70
Chapter 4. Verb Tenses
The Present Perfect Tense
Настоящее совершенное время
The Present Perfect Tense употребляется:
I) для выражения совершившегося действия, своим резуль-
татом связанного с настоящим временем, при этом время со-
вершения действия неизвестно или не имеет значения:
e.g. Mother has cooked breakfast. — Breakfast is cooked.
Father has come home. - Father is at home.
2) с наречиями неопределенного времени already, just, ever,
never, lately, recently, yet:
e.g. I have just washed my head.
Have you ever been to London? — J have never been to London.
3) если действие уже совершилось. а период времени еще не
закончился (обычно с наречиями today, this week/month/year):
e.g. I have seen him today, (but: / saw him yesterday.)
4) с предлогами since (с какого-то момента в прошлом), for
(в течение какого-то времени) и с союзом since (с тех пор
как). В этом случае глагол-сказуемое придаточного предложе-
ния времени, вводимого союзом since, употребляется в Past
Indefinite:
e.g. / have not seen him since last year.
I have not seen him since he left for Petersburg.
I have not seen him for a long time.
5) для выражения действия, начавшегося в прошлом и про-
должающегося до настоящего момента (с глаголами, не упот-
ребляющимися в форме Continuous). В этом случае глагол в
форме Present Perfect переводится на русский язык, как пра-
вило, глаголом в настоящем времени:
e.g. I have known him since 1995.
Rachel has had this dog for three years.
71
The Past Perfect Tense
Прошедшее совершенное время
The Past Perfect Tense употребляется:
l) для выражения действия, совершившегося ранее другого
действия в прошлом:
e.g. She showed те the dress that she had bought at a sale.
He had rung me up before he left home.
2) для выражения действия завершившегося к (by) опреде-
ленному моменту времени в прошлом, при этом момент време-
ни может быть выражен или наречием времени (by 3 o'clock,
by Saturday, by that time), или придаточным предложением вре-
мени, в котором глагол употребляется в Past Indefinite:
e.g. 1 had translated the article by 3 o’clock.
I had done the rooms by the time Mother came home.
• Для выражения последовательных действий в прошлом
после союзов when, after, as soon as вместо Past Perfect как
правило употребляется Past Indefinite.
e.g. Ж soon as I came home 1 rang him up.
Theory
The Future Perfect Tense
Будущее совершенное время
The Future Perfect Tense употребляется:
I) для выражения действия, которое завершится ранее дру-
гого действия в будущем (при этом необходимо помнить, что в
придаточных предложениях времени вместо Future Indefinite
употребляется Present Indefinite):
e.g. I will have washed up before my mother comes.
2) для выражения действия, которое закончится к опреде-
ленному моменту времени в будущем, при этом момент време-
ни может быть выражен или наречием времени, или прида-
точным предложением времени:
e.g. She will have finished the report by tomorrow. s
She will have finished the report by the time the library closes.
Chapter 4 Verb Tenses
The Perfect Continuous Tenses
Времена группы Perfect Continuous
Времена группы Perfect Continuous образуются с помощью
вспомогательного глагола have в соответствующей форме,
3-ей формы глагола to be (been) и Present Participle смыслового
глагола (-ing) по формуле:
То have been + V ing
PRESENT
PERFECT
CONTINUOUS
I have been waiting for you for three hours.
He has been waiting for you for three hours.
PAST
PERFECT -----
CONTINUOUS
FUTURE
PERFECT
CONTINUOUS
I had been waiting for you for three hours.
I will have been waiting for you for three
hours.
/ • Глаголы, употребляемые в одном из времен группы Perfect
у* Continuous, на русский язык переводятся, как правило, глаго-
лами несовершенного вида.
• Формы Future Perfect Continuous нс употребляются в уст-
ной речи.
The Present Perfect Continuous Tense
Настоящее совершенное продолженное время
The Present Perfect Continuous употребляется:
I) juiя выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом,
длилось определенный промежуток времени в прошлом и еще не
закончилось в момент речи (с предлогами since, for и с союзом
since). В этом случае глагол-сказуемое придаточного предло-
жения времени, вводимого союзом since, употребляется в Past
Indefinite:
e.g. h has been raining since morning. .
What have you been doing since you came to Moscow?
73
2) для выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом,
длилось определенный промежуток времени в прошлом, и за-
кончилось до момента речи:
e.g. Well, dad, what have you been doing today?
Here you are at last! / have been looking for you.
Theory
The Past Perfect Continuous Tense
Прошедшее совершенное продолженное время
The Past Perfect Continuous употребляется:
I) для выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом,
длилось определенный промежуток времени в прошлом и закон-
чилось ранее другого действия в прошлом (выраженного, как
правило, глаголом в Past Indefinite):
e.g. I had been writing this exercise for half an hour when my
friend came.
2) для выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом,
длилось определенный промежуток времени в прошлом и завер-
шилось к (by) определенному моменту времени в прошлом:
e.g. By that time they had already been looking for a new house
for six months.
The Future Perfect Continuous Tense
Будущее совершенное продолженное время
The Future Perfect Continuous Tense употребляется для вы-
ражения действия, которое начнезся до определенною момента
о будущем и будет продолжаться вплоть до этого момента:
e.g. By the end of next month, she will have been teaching for
twenty years.
• Ввиду сложности формы Future Perfect Continuous упот-
ребляется только в формальной письменной речи.
74
Chopter 4 Verb Tenses
Fufure-in-the-Past
Будущее в прошедшем
• Формы Future-in-the-Past образуются из соответствую-
щей формы Future посредством замены вспомогательного гла-
гола will на would.
• Формы Future-in-the-Past употребляются в косвенной
речи для выражения будущих действий, речь о которых шла в
прошлом.
• Формы Futurc-in-the-Past употребляются в придаточных
предложениях. если глагол в главном предложении стоит в од-
ном из прошедших времен.
z he would take the exam next month.
/ he would be taking the exam from three
till five the following day.
he would have taken the exam
\ by three o’clock.
\ he would have been taking the exam
for three hours by five o’clock.
Ex.40. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Pradlce
AT A BARBER'S SHOP
A man ‘° (to enter) a barber’s shop with a boy of five or six
years holding his hand. He (l’ (to be) in a great hurry and he
(3) (to ask) the barber to cut his hair first and later to cut the boy’s
hair. “He can wait. I want you to cut my hair first,” he i4> (to say).
The barber (5> (to do) as he (to be) told and when he
(to finish) the man {Я| (to get) out of the chair and the boy<9> (to
take) his place. The man u0> (to excuse) himself and ,n) (to say)
that he <,2> (to be) in a great hurry and that he would be back in
a few minutes and would pay for them both. Then he ,,J) (to leave)
and the barber (I4) (to begin) to cut the boy’s hair. When he
(,5) (to finish) he<,6) (to pick) the boy up and(to place) him in
a chair to wail. He(to give) him a magazine to look al.
Half an hour <l9‘ (to pass). An hour<20) (io pass). At last the
barber,:|> (to tell) the child, ’‘Don’t worry, your father<22) (to be)
back soon.” — “My father?” (2J> (to say) the boy, “He<24> (not to
be) my father. I ,25) (to play) in the street and he <26> (to come)
along and (27) (to say) ‘Come on with me, little boy. Let’s go into
this barber’s shop together and have our hair cut.”
Why do you think the barber let the man go without paying?
Ex.41. Use (he correct form of the verbs given in brackets. Learn
the poem.
BAD LUCK
I<h (to oversleep) and <2) (to miss) my train,
(3) (to slip) on the pavement in a heavy rain,
(4> (to sprain) my leg,<5’ (to skin) my knees,
(to break) my glasses, <7‘ (to lose) my keys.
(8> (to get) stuck in the elevator.
It,9) (not to go),
<l0) (to kick) it twice and 0,1 (to hurt) my toe.
<l2) (to buy) a pen that(l3* (not to write).
Chopter 4. Verb Tenses
(,4> (to take) it back and<l5) (to have) a fight.
(to go) home angry,(,T’ (to lock) the door,
,,l: (io crawl) into bed, G9> (cannot) lake any more.
Can you tell your bad luck story?
Ex.42. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
THE WEATHER FORECAST .
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
The weather<h (to be) a thing that I can never understand.
1(2) (to remember) one summer day. We (3) (to read) the weather
forecast in the newspaper: “Heavy showers with thunderstorms.”
We ,4) (to decide) to stay at home. Wc (to look) at the people
who <b’ (to pass) our house and ,7> (to say). “They w (to come)
home quite wet." At twelve o'clock it(9) (to become) very hot. One
of us (9‘ (to say), “I’d like to know when those heavy showers and
thunderstorms ““ (to begin)?” “Ah! They (,2) (to come) in the
afternoon, you’ll sec," wc (to say) to each other. But there
°4) (to be) no rain on that day. The next morning we 051 (to read),
“The weather n<” (to be) warm and fine, no rain." We u7> (to go) to
the country. We <U) (to want) to have a good rest. But it
<l9) (to begin) to rain hard, and it<20> (to rain) the whole day. Wc
<21’ (to come) home quite wet, with colds and rheumatism all over us.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Do you often listen to weather forecasts?
2) Do you believe them?
3) Has the weather ever spoiled your plans?
Ex.43. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A STORY TOO TERRIBLE TO TELL
Three men (to come) to New York for the first time. They
<2> (to take) a room in a hotel. In the evening they l3> (to go)
sightseeing and<4) (not to come) back till nearly three in the morning.
The room they 01 (to take) was on the 43d floor. “1t6) (toise) sorry,
gentlemen,” the porter(7> (to say), “but the elevator<H> (not to
77
work). There,9> (to be) something wrong with it. You ,J'M (to have)
to walk up to your room." This "" (to be) too bad. But the men
<l2> (to agree) to tell stories on the way up in order to while away
the time.
By the time the first one <u’ (to tell) his story they °4' (to climb)
up to the 14,b floor. The next story<l5’ (to keep) them amused till
they<lfc> (to reach) the 31м floor. Al last it °7’ (to be) time for the
third man to tell his story, but he "Ml (to refuse). He ,l9' (to say)
that his story (20> (to be) so terrible that he simply couldn’t tell it.
They<2n (to continue) climbing and all the time the two U21 (to ask)
him to begin. At last they<23> (to stop) and (24> (to refuse) to go on
unless he (25) (to tell) them his terrible story. “ The story I have to
tell you <26* (to be) a short one.” he ,27’ (to say) at last, “we
<2S> (to leave) the key to our room downstairs.”
the third story as terrible as the man had promised it to be?
Prad<e
Ex.44. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
ON A BUS
It (to be) during the rush-hour. /Xs usual, all the seats in the '
bus121 (to be) occupied. When a pretty lady (to get) in. an elderly
man who<4) (to sit) near the door(5> (to want) to rise but the lady at
once <6‘ (to press) him to keep his seat. “Thank you”, she<7) (to say),
“I,s> (not to mind) standing”. — “But, madam, permit me...” —
“ 1 <*’ (to insist) upon your silting down”, she<l0> (to interrupt) him
and putting her hands on his shoulders she almost<ln (to force)
him back into his seat.
The man(,2> (to try) again to stand up and (,3> (to say), “Madam,
you kindly (,4> (to allow) me to... “ But once more the lady
t,5> (to cut) him short saying, “I (not to wish) to accept your
seat, sir!” and "7> (to force) him back with another push.
With the utmost effort the man finally,ts> (to manage) to push
her aside. •'Madam”, he " (to call) out, “1,?J* (not to care) whether
you (2I> (to take) my seal or not. It<22) (to be) your fault that the
bus already<23> (to lake) me two stops beyond my destination, and
now I wish to get out”.
Have you ever been misunderstood?
I
78
Choptcr 4 Verb Tenses
Ex.45. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Learn the poem.
SURPRISE PARTY
When I * ” (to reach) my house at eleven.
Max (2> (to play) the guitar.
Jane (J) (to sit) at the tabic
Eating pickles from the jar.
Ted<4) (to sit) at the piano,
Playing sonatas to Louise.
And my parrot Paul,5) (to sing)
All the songs and melodies.
Bob(6’ (to sleep) under the table.
He(7) (cannot) even stay awake,
And my dog(to be) in the kitchen
Eating off the birthday cake.
Ex.46. Use the correct form of (he verbs given in brackets.
AT THE STATION
We see three men at the railway station. They <h (to speak) to
a porter. “What time(2> (to be) the next train for London?” one of
them ,J‘ (to ask). “They (to go) every hour. The next train<3) (to be)
at ten o’clock,” the porter ,6) (to say). “That’s all right,” they
,7> (to say). “Let’s go to the refreshment room and wait for the train
there.”
At two minutes past ten the three men (to run) out of the
refreshment room and (to ask) the porter, “The train
(,0> (to go)?” — “Yes, it has,” the porter “h (to say). “The next
train(,2> (to be) at eleven o’clock.” “1 hatl,3) (to be) all right,” the
three men (to say). “Let’s go to the refreshment room and have
a drink there.”
Al two minutes past eleven the three men again,,5) (to run) out
of the refreshment room but the eleven o’clock train already
,|6' (io go). “The next train (to be) at (wclvc o'clock, U*
(to be) the last train for London,” the porter(,9i (to say).
At twelve o'clock wc again <M) (to see) the three men running
out of the refreshment nx>m. Two of them<2h (to get) into a carriage
but the third man ,22' (not to get) into the train. He(23> (to stand) at
the platform and ,M> (to laugh). “Why you <15> (to laugh)?” the
porter,26) (to ask). -“Because those men <27) (to come) to see me
off,” the man1281 (to say).
Do you think the two men in the carriage felt like laughing?
Practice
Ex.47. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A RAINY DAY EPISODE
Il,l) (to rain) hard the whole morning when I had to leave my
house. I ':2> (to want) to take my umbrella, but I °* (to see) that out
of my five umbrellas there <4‘ (not to be) a single one which I could
use. I<S) (to decide) to lake all of the five umbrellas and have them
repaired. When I(6) (to go) out, my wife(7) (to ask) me to bring her
umbrella back. “Iтот 8 to 9 I(8> (to lake) a walk.” she ,9‘ (to say),
“and I ,,0> (to need) it.” I<U) (to go) to a repair shop. “I want to
have my umbrellas repaired,” I 021 (to say). “I,,3) (to call) for them
on my way home.”
At one o’clock in the afternoon I ”4' (to feel) hungry and<l5> (to go)
to the restaurant. 1 06) (to sit) down at a table and1171 (to order) lunch.
A few minutes later a young woman with an umbrella in her hand,l8>
(to come) in and 1,91 (to sit) down at the same table.
After lunch I(20’ (to get) up,<2I> (to take) the woman’s umbrella,
and <22> (to be) about to leave the restaurant. 1 must (ell you I
,23) (to be) a very absent-minded man. “This<34) (to be) my umbrella,”
the woman ,25> (to cry). “Excuse me,” I<26’ (to say) returning the
umbrella to her. “I(27> (to be) awfully sorry.”
In the evening on my way home, I(28) (to call) for the umbrellas
which (29> (to be) ready by that time, and (30) (to go) to the nearest
underground station. There 1 <3,) (to get) into the carriage,
(to put) five umbrellas by my side and P3> (to begin) to read a
newspaper. Suddenly I<34> (to hear) a voice, “Oh, you 05> (to have) a
very successful day today, haven’t you?” I <w (to look) up and
<37> (to be) surprised to sec the same young woman — my companion
at lunch. She<3S) (to look) at my umbrellas andl39) (to smile).
Hfliat did the woman mean by “a very successful day''?
80
Ex.48. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Chopler 4. Verb Tenses
NOT A ROBBER
A young man who lived in the suburbs of a big town in England
<0 (to go) home from the railway station. It(to be) a dark night
and there <3‘ (to be) nobody in the street. He,4' (to walk) as fast as
he (5> (can) when suddenly he (to hear) that somebody
<7> (to follow) him. The faster he (to go) the faster the man
behind him (to follow) him. The man <и>) (to start) to run and
the man behind him also<lh (to start) to run.
Then at last he d2) (to decide) to turn into a side-street to sec
what the man °” (to do). So he (i,> (to do) and ‘IS* (to begin) to
walk as fast as he,l6) (can). After some time the man ,|7' (to look)
back and u*‘ (to see) that the man still<l9’ (to follow) him. “That
man behind me (20‘ (to want) to rob me,” the first man
<2h (to think) and seeing a high wall around a garden he
<22> (to jump) over it. The other man *23’ (to jump) over the wall too.
Now he (to be) quite sure that the man behind him (to be)
a robber, but he ,2*’1 (cannot) understand why the robber<27> (not to
be) in a hurry to attack him.
The man (M> (not to know) what to do. Then he <29) (to turn)
round and (V)) (to say), “What you ,JI) (to want)? Why you
(to follow) me?” — “You always (to go) home like this or
you (to have) some exercise in jumping tonight?” the other man
051 (to answer). “1 061 (to go) io Mr. While and the man at the
station 071 (to tell) me to go after you and that I ,iM,(to find) the
house quite easily as Mr. White <39‘ (to live) next door to you.
Excuse me. please, but you<40) (to have) some more gymnastics or
you (to go) straight home?”
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Would you get frightened in the man’s place?
2) What would you do?
Ex.49. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
HIGH HOPES
One day a young country girl,h (to go) to town with a bucket
milk on her head. She(2' (to say) to herself: “When 1(i) (to come)
(о the market 1,4) (to sell) the milk al a high price and |S’ (to buy)
twenty eggs with the money. Out of these eggs I '6' (to gel) twenty
chickens. As soon as the chickens ,7> (to be) large enough. I
*S) (to sell) them and (i>> (to buy) a new dress for myself. It
d<” (to be) a yellow dress to match my hair. On May Day, if the
weather(,n (to be) fine, if it<Ul (not to rain) I(,3) (to put) on the
yellow dress and 1,41 (to go) to the town. Everybody<l5) (to look) at
me and U6> (to say): “What a beautiful girl!” But I "7) (to pass) by
without looking at them. I only (to shake) my head like that."
Without noticing it she (to shake) her head and down
t20‘ (to come) the milk, the eggs, the chickens and the yellow dress.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Have your high hopes ever been ruined?
2) Who/what was to blame for that.
Ex.50. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
HIS OWN METHOD
One day a very old man (h (to come) to sec a doctor. He
,2) (to have) a minor complaint. The doctor (to examine) him -
very carefully and <4> (to ask) how old the man ,5> (to be) and
<<0 (to listen) to the answer with surprise. The old man ,7> (to be), in
fact, much older than he ,S) (to look) and t9' (to feel) much better
that the doctor<l0> (to expect). The doctor<H) (to wonder) how the
old man <u> (to manage) to keep so fit. The old man, it
(’3’ (to appear), <N> (to be) married, (,5) (to have) children,
grandchildren, and great grandchildren. He <lft‘ (to smoke), never
(,7) (to refuse) a drink and (IS> (to be) a hearty eater. He
(,9> (to work) al) his life and the work,2Sb (not to be) very easy. After
many questions the doctor<2h (to hear) at last that the old man
,22-' (to spend) almost three quarters of his life in the open air. He
(23' (to say) to the doctor, “On the day I ,24‘ (to get) married, my
wife and I <25‘ (to agree) that if one of us ,2<” (to begin) a quarrel,
the other(to leave) the place immediately to stop the scandal.
So all in all 1 ‘2b> (to have) five thousand nine hundred and ninety-
seven walks for about two or three hours.”
Do you think the man i method of keeping fit really effective?
82 Ex. 51. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Chapter 4. Verb Tenses
FRIENDS IN BUSINESS
/X ricli businessman •" (to die). He ,2’(to ask) all the members of
his family to leave him alone with his business partner who
(to mn) the business with him for yean». The dying man<4) (not to
want) anybody to hear their conversation. “George.” he
,5> (to whisper) when (hey(6) (to remain) alone, “1(to die) soon.
I can’t wait... I must tell you... Listen... When you(8> (to be) away
on business five years ago J ,9) (to take) eighty thousand dollars
from the safe and never °'h (to put) the money back... I always
,u> (to try) not to let you be successful in business. 1 °2' (to dislike)
you greatly all my life... You<n’ (to remember) that plan of yours
which 1,41 (to end) in failure? You d5) (to explain) the failure by
changes in business conditions, but the real reason<l6’ (to be) quite
different: I <l7) (to sell) your secret to McKay and Co. for 150
thousand dollars... Forgive me, Geoigc...”
“Don’t worry, Jim,” George (ll° (to say). — “It<l9) (to be) all
right. I’ve also got to tell you something. 1,20) (to put) some poison
into your soup at dinner yesterday.”
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Do you think they were real friends?
2) Were they good businessmen?
Ex.52. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
AN ENGLISH TALE
I .
Once upon a time there <n (to live) a man who <2) (to marry)
a bad-tempered woman. She °* (cannot) run the house properly
and always <4> (to object) to any improvements her husband
(5) (to suggest). As a result the man ,6) (to be) very unhappy until
his wife l7> (to die). By that time he (to grow) quite old and his
only son alreadyl9) (to grow) up.
One day the man(,0> (to give) his son two horses and a needle
and ”h (to tell) him to go about the country and to travel until he
(12> (to meet) a young married couple. He <n> (to tell) the young
man to find out which of them ,,4) (to be) the real head of the
family. If he ,’5’ (to sec) that the wife <l6> (to obey) the husband he
(to be) to give the latter one of the horses as a present, but if he
,ш (to discover) that the wife (to make) all the decisions, he
,20> (to be) to give her the needle.
The son ,2" (to start) off. He,22' (to travel) for three days when
he (23> (to come) across a house at the side of the road which as
people (24> (to tell) him {25‘ (to be) occupied for some lime by
a young married couple. When the young man ,26! (to enter) the
house the young couple ,?7> (to have) dinner. He <2e) (to explain)
what he (to be) told to do.
II
“We , л> (to be) married three years and 1 never ”” (to take)
a single step without talking it over with my husband,”(to say)
the woman. — “It (,3‘ (to be) shameful not to obey one’s husband.
I always (U| (to be) a very obedient wife. Isn't that so, John?” she
°5' (to add) turning to her husband.
“Of course, dear,” John 061 (to agree). — “Then,” °7’ (to say)
the young man, — “one of the horses,лп (to be) yours. Which you
<34> (to prefer)?” After they<40' (to examine) both the horses closely
the husband (4l) (to be) the first to speak, “We <42) (to take) the
white horse with grey spots. 1 <43‘ (to like) his strong legs.” — “Oh,
no, John,” the woman <44) (to interrupt) at once. — “We
(45> (to take) the black one.” — “Of course, dear,” John ,46’ (to
agree) without hesitation. — “I f47‘ (not to mind) taking the black
one if you ,4B> (to like) it.” — “That’ll do,” <49> (to say) the young
man. — “I (50) (to make) up my mind.” And he ,Sh (to give) the
woman the needle.
Do you think it is a wise tale? Why/why not?
Ex.53. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
TEN MILLION SERVING MEN
People <n (to be) most curious when they,2> (to be) very young,
they (to grow) older their curiosity<4) (to seem) to disappear.
Why?
One day I(5’ (to go) to see a friend who,6> (to have) a small son
84
Chopici 4. Ve-Ь Tenues
of five. The moment I(T> (to take) oft’my coat he(8) (to start) asking
me questions: “What (,‘ (to be) your name? Where you
<lu’ (to live)? And where your father and mother<lb (to live)? Why
they U2) (not to live) with you?”
After I “3> (to explain) practically everything about my parents,
the place they (to live), etc. he l,5> (to remain) silent for
a moment and then ,l6> (to attack) me again: “You <l7> (can) ride
a bicycle? You (can) ski? You 1PI (can) skate? You <20) (can)
play football? You (can) build a sand castle?”
My answers ,22' (to seem) to disappoint the boy because
I (23> (cannot) do a lot of things. But that<2<l (not to prevent) him
from asking another hundred questions: “You ever ,?5> (to see)
a flying saucer? You ever(2e> (to hear) a parrot talk? You,27' (to sec)
a crocodile cry? You ever (to travel) by raft? You ever
(29> (to talk) to a fireman?”
At first I (to do) my best to give the most truthful and
complete answers but there43 ” (to seem) to be no end to it. 1 hardly
Ш) (to know) what to answer, because after each “yes” he W) (to
ask) me questions: “Where you ,M} (to see) it? W'hcn you 0,1 (to
see) it? What il <16‘ (to look) like? I low long you °7' (to watch) il?”
And after each “no” there<3M (to be) even more difficult questions:
“Why you (not to do) it? Why you ,40> (not to go) there? Why
you <4I> (not to ask) them?”
His parents ,42> (to seem) to be enjoying the scene greatly, but
I(4’’ (to suspect) it<44> (not to be) because they(45) (to be) proud of
I heir bright little boy but simply because they,46> (to enjoy) a few
rare moments of peace.
At dinner I <47> (can) hardly eat anything because he
<46> (to keep) bombarding me with questions. When I <49‘ (lo be)
going down the stairs there (to come) the final shot: “ When
you<5n (to come) again?” I promptly °2’ (to answer) “Never”, and
there(5Ъ (to come) another “Why?”
You (54’ (to remember) the poem by Kipling about a little girl
“who<S5) (to keep) ten million sen ing men who(to get) no rest
at all!.. One million “How”. twx> million “Where”, and seven million
“whys”? But 1 never really ,57) (lo think) there <5S) (to be) ten
million of them!
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Do you have a little brother or a sister (a niece or a fiephew)?
2) Do they ask a lot of questions?
85
3) Is it easy to answer their questions?
4) Can you always predict what they will ask next?
Prarice
Ex.54. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A HARD DAY
Harry: You look a bit tired, Nora. What you °' (to do) all (he day?
N о r a: 1<2) (to clean) the whole house. I °’ (to say) 1,4) (to be)
going to.
Harry: But I ,5> (to want) you to wait until weekend so that
1 '** (can) help.
Nora: Oh, but 1<7> (cannot): the furniture<8> (to look) shabby
for months, so this morning 1(to take) all the loose covers off
the armchairs and 1 H(" (to wash) them. That bit of sun early this
afternoon ,,h (to help) dry them.
Harry: Well, I hope you,,2> (to have) a rest this afternoon.
Nor a: No, since lunchtime, I (,3) (to (urn) out the rooms
upstairs, I (l4’ (not to finish) them yet. 1 05) (to do) our room and
Robert's.
Harry: My goodness, you (,6‘ (to work) hard.
Nor a: You know, Harry, you do make it hard for me to keep
the place in order when you <l7> (to leave) your things about
everywhere. For years I,,ю (to ask) you not to keep your books in
the kitchen and not to leave gardening tools inside the house.
Harry: And for years I "9> (to tell) you that you (to be)
perfectly free to throw out anything that I un(to leave) about if it
<22f (to get) in your way.
Nora: Harry, could you turn out your work-room? I
<2?l (to mean) to ask you for day’s.
Harry: Yes, I will... Hello, who <24‘ (to play) with my pipes?
Three of them<25) (to miss).
Nor a: Yes, I<26) (to give) three dirty old pipes to an old man at
the door. You <27> (not to smoke) them lately.
Harry: But. Nora, you ,2K>(to throw) out my three oldest and
best pipes.
Answer the questions on the dialogue.
• I) Why was Nora tired?
2) Was Harry of any help to her?
3) Did he really mean she could throw out anything thantfould
get in her way?
86
Ex.55. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Chopter 4. Verb Tenses
CHAPLIN'S FIRST APPEARANCE ON THE STAGE
I
Mother(,) (to have) trouble with her voice. It never,2) (to be)
strong and the slightest cold ,3> (to bring) on laryngitis which <4) (to
last) for weeks, but she ,5> (to be) obliged to keep working so that
her voice "° (to grow) progressively worse. In the middle of singing
it,7> (to crack) or suddenly (to disappear) into a whisper and the
audience ,9) (to start) laughing. This (to influence) deeply her
health and as a consequence, her theatrical engagements.
It<lu (to be) owing to her vocal condition that at the age of five I
<l2) (to make) my first appearance on the stage. Mother usually
(, v’ (to bring) me to the theatre at night. She<l4) (to play) at Aldershot
at the time, a small theatre where mostly soldiers,|Л (to gather).
1 "6) (to remember) standing in the wings when Mother's voice
°7’ (to crack) and (IM (to go) into a whisper. The audience
(l9) (to begin) to laugh and sing falsetto and make catcalls. At first I
quite (20> (not to understand) what <2u (to go) on. But the noise
(22> (to increase) until Mother l23‘ (to be) obliged to walk off the
stage. When she (24> (to come) into the wings she (2S> (to be) very
4 upset and |2W (to argue) with the stage manager who<2T> (to see) me
perform before Mother’s friends and(28> (to say) something about
letting me go on in her place.
11
1 <29) (to remember) him leading me by the hand after a few
explanatory words to the audience leaving me on the stage alone.
I <3w (to stan) to sing accompanied by the orchestra. It un (to be)
a well-known song called “Jack Jones”... Soon a shower of money
(32) (to pour) onto the stage. Immediately I Ш) (to stop) and <34>(to
say) that Il35' (to pick) up the money first and(to sing) afterwards.
This °7' (to cause) much laughter. The manager<W) (to come) on
the stage and :39) (to help) me to gather it up.
I (*l> (to think) he ,4" (to be) going to keep it. This thought
1421 (to be) conveyed to the audience and H3’ (to increase) their
laughter, especially when he ,A4> (to walk) oft' with me anxiously
following him. After he ,4Ъ (to hand) it to Mother I (46‘ (to^etum)
and <47) (to continue) to sing. I <48> (to be) quite al home. I<4<” (to
talk) to the audience, f5D> (to dance) and /5h (to do) several
imitations including one of Mother’s song that she <52> (to sing)
that evening. And in repeating the chorus, in all innocence 1
(5,> (to imitate) Mother’s voice cracking and,M* (to he) surprised at
the impression it<53> (to have) on the audience. There (56) (to be)
laughter and cheers, then more money-throwing and when Mother
(S7> (to come) on the stage to carry me off, her presence
(58> (to evoke) tremendous applause.
That night (59> (to be) my first appearance on the stage and
Mother’s last.
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I) Chaplin's mother had a strong voice.
2) She had never suffered from a sore throat.
3) In the middle of singing her voice could suddenly disappear
into a whisper.
4) Her poor vocal condition resulted in Chaplin’s first appearance on
the stage.
5) He was quite at home on the stage.
6) His first performance was a failure.
Procbce
Ex.56. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
HOW TO BE A DOCTOR
(after Stephen Leacock)
I
The point I want to develop is that the modem doctor’s business
is a very easy one which could be learned in about two weeks. This
{h (to be) the way it *2) (to be) done. The patient,3) (lo enter) the
consulting room. “Doctor”, he (4‘ (to say), “I ,5> (to have) a bad
pain”. — ‘‘Where it(to be)?” — “Here”. — “Stand up”, the
doctor(T) (to say), “and pul your arms above your head”.
Then the doctor w (to go) behind the patient and ,9) (give) him
a powerful blow in the back. “You <l0) (to feel) that?” he (to
say). “1<l2) (to do)”, the patient(,3> (say). Then the doctor<l4) (to
turn) suddenly and (to give) him another blow under the heart.
“Can you feel that?” he <l6> (to say) as the patient(57> (to fall) over
on the sofa. “Gel up”, the doctor (ll> (to say) and u9‘ (to corfnt)
ten. The patient <20‘ (to rise). The doctor(2I) (to look) him over
88
Chapter 4. Verb Tenics
carefully without speaking and then suddenly ,22> (to give) him a
blow in the stomach that(to make) him speechless. The doctor
<24‘ (to walk) over to the window and ,25> (to read) the morning
paper for a while. Then he(26) (to turn) and(27) (to begin) to speak,
more to himself than to his patient.
‘'Hum!” he<28> (to say), “there(29) (to be) some anesthesia of the
tympanum”. — “Is that so?” the patient(it” (to say). “What can I
do about it, Doctor?” — “Well”, the doctor0,1 (to say), “I(32) (to
want) you to keep ven- quiet, you (to have) to go to bed and
stay there and keep quiet”.
II
In reality, of course, the doctor04* (not to have) the least idea
what U5) (to be) wrong with the patient, but he<J6' (to know) that if
he °7’ (to go) to bed and (to keep) quiet, very quiet, he either
(W ((O gCt) quietly well again or else (4I,) (to die) a quiet death.
Meanwhile, if the doctor ,4I> (to call) every morning and
<42> (to thump) and <4Ъ (to beat) him, he can make the patient tell
him what<44> (to be) wrong with him.
“What about diet, Doctor?” the patient(45> (to ask). The answer
to this question,46> (to depend) on how the doctor,47> (to feel) and
whether it,48> (to be) long since he <*>l (to have) a meal himself. If it
(SI>> (to be) late in the morning and the doctor(to be) hungry he
(52‘ (to say), “Oh, eat well, don't be afraid of it, eat meat, vegetables,
anything you,53) (to like)”.
But if the doctor just ,54) (to have) lunch he °5’ (to say), “1
,M> (not to want) you to eat anything at all, absolutely nothing; it
<57’ (not to hurt) you”.
And yet, isn’t it funny? You and I and the rest of us — even if
we (to know) all this — as soon as we <59) (to feel) a pain we
(ftl” (to run) for a doctor as fast as we can.
Check your understanding of the text. Mark the statements as true
or false.
I) The doctor's business is very easy and simple.
2) The story shows how doctors examine and treat their patients.
3) The author criticizes the way some doctors examine and treat
their patients.
4) This is a humorous story'.
Ex.57. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
89
A VICTIM TO ONE HUNDRED AND
SEVEN FATAL MALADIES
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
1 |
I remember going to the British Museum one day to read up the
treatment for some slight illness of which 1 had a touch... 1
<h (to gel) down the book and (2' (to read) all 1(3) (to come) to read
and then, in an unthinking moment. I (to turn) the pages and
<5‘ (to begin) to study illnesses generally. I (6) (to foiget) which
<7) (to be) the first I (to read) but before I<9) (to look) down the
list of symptoms I<l0' (to be) sure that I !,h (to have) it.
1<l2) (to sit) for a time in horror; and then again (M‘ (to turn)
over the pages. I<N> (to come) to typhoid fever (to read) the
symptoms — (to discover) that 1 H7) (to have) typhoid fever —
<l”> (to wonder) what else I<l9> (to have) and so(to start) to read
alphabetically. I ,2h (to read) through the twenty-six letters and
(to find) out that I<M> (to have) all the illnesses but one.
I<24' (to sit) and<?<> (to think) what an interesting case I must be
from a medical point of view. Students '2ftl (to have) no need to
walk to the hospital if they<27> (to have) me. I(2e> (to be) a hospital
in myself. All they,29) (to need) to do(to be) to walk round me.
and after that to take their diploma.
Then I ,J" (to wonder) how long 1 (32> (to have) to live. I
(33> (to try) to examine myself. I<34> (to feel) my pulse. 1,35> (cannot)
at first feel my pulse at all. Then, all of a sudden, it,J6) (to seem) to
start off. I °7> (to take) out my watch and <U) (to time) it.
I (to make) it a hundred and forty-seven to the minute.
I <40) (to try) to feel my hean. But I (4I> (cannot) feel or hear
anything... 1<42) (to go) to my medical man. He <43> (to be) an old
friend of mine, and,44) (to feel) my pulse, and,45) (to talk) about the
weather, all for nothing, when I(4M (to think) 1,47) (to he) ill.
“What a doctor,4S) (to want)”, I '49‘ (to say). “(50> (to be) practice.
He (5I> (to have) me. He *52> (to get) more practice out of me than
out of seventeen hundred patients".
II
So I <5J> (to go) straight up. The doctor,54) (to look) at me and-**
<55> (to say), “Well, what 061 (to be) the matter with you?"
Prodce
90
Oopici 4. Vctb lenses
I <57) (to say), “I ,5M (not to take) up your time, dear boy, with
telling you what <W) (to be) the matter with me. Life (to be)
short and you might die before I<6h (to finish). But I ,M> (to tell)
you what<b3' (not to be) the matter with me”.
And I<M> (to tell) him everything. Then he<M> (to open) me and
(to look) down me. After that, he ,67) (to sit) down and
<M) (to write) out a prescription, and *6,>> (to give) it to me, and
1 •7(U (to put) it in my pocket and !?h (to go) out.
I<72) (not to open) it. I(W> (to take) it to the nearest chemist’s
and <74' (to hand) it in. The man ”s> (to read) it and then
<7M (to hand) it back. He <77> (lo say) he (7S> (not to keep) it.
1 l79> (to say), “You <W1> (to be) a chemist”. He ,8h (to say). “I
<e2> (to be) a chemist not a co-operative store and family hotel
combined”.
I (to read) the prescription: ‘‘I pound of beefsteak, with 1
bottle of beer every six hours. I ten-mile walk every morning. I bed
at 11 every night. And don’t fill up your head with things you
(not to understand)”.
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I) The man went to the British Museum to read a technical
book.
2) He studied all the illnesses described in the book.
3) He found out that he had all the illnesses.
4) The man wanted his doctor to get medical practice out of
him.
5) The doctor examined the patient and found him seriously ill.
6) The chemist gave the medicine to the man .
7) The man paid too much attention to his health.
Ex.58. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
LOVELY DAY, ISN'T IT?
(after George Mikes)
I
When 1 (” (to get) out of the plane. I <2> (to find) that there
o> (to be) a slight drizzle, itl4) (to last) all day and all next drtV. Yet
at least a dozen people(to explain) to me in those two days that
Practice
it never(6> (to rain) in Lima. But that,7> (not to be) all what they 1 91
<fc) (to mean), it never — absolutely never — '9| (to rain) in Lima. They
,u” (to have) no seasons here; winter or summer °” (to make) no
difference, the temperature never(,2) (to change); it (П) (to he)
always rather warm and always cloudy, the sun never(,4> (to shine)
and it never115’ (to rain).
At the end of the second day I<l6’ (to ask) one of my friends if
there(,7) (not to be) any contradiction between what the people of
Lima (,8> (to say) and the fact that it never1191 (to stop) raining
since my arrival. He(20) (to be) puzzled,
'‘Rain? What you (21) (to mean)? Where?”
II
It 4221 (to be) quite clear that one of us (2-n (to be) mad. 11241 (to
hope) it(25> (to be) he. I<26) (to go) into meteorological detail in the
hope that he, too, l27> (to notice) the rain. At last he (2M> (to
understand) what Il29’ (to mean) and he(to begin) to laugh:
“But thatlJ” (not to be) rain...”
“ItO2) (to be) very strange”, I<33’ (to reply), “but I134’ (to take)
your word for it. it(35) (not to be) rain”.
“Really it(3fc) (not to be)”, my friend °7’ (to exclaim). “It ,3*3 (to
be) humidity”.
The humidity, it °9’ (to be) explained to me,<40’ (to be) round
95 per cent in Lima, and <4,) (to be) often higher. But before 1
(42’ (to have) time to study the subject and to find out when rain
(43) (not to be) rain, I<44’ (to gel) the most terrible lumbago of my
life. I (45) (to live) twenty years in Britain, the classical centre of
rheumatism, without feeling even a twinge, btn now I <46’ (to be)
out of action for days.
My sympathetic friendsl47> (to give) me advice and ,4,“ (to offer)
various medicines. At last it(49’ (to help): modern science as well as
Indian magic.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Has it really never rained in Lima?
2) Was there any contradiction between what the people of Lima
said and the fact that it was constantly raining?
3) How did the people of Lima explain this contradiction?
4) How would you define the weather in Lima?
92
Ex.59. Use the correct form of (he verbs given in brackets.
Chopper 4 Verb Tenses
HOW I EDITED AN AGRICULTURAL PAPER
(after Mark Twain)
I
I (n (to have) some doubts when I (2) (to agree) to edit an
agricultural newspaper. But I needed money. The regular editor of
the paper (to go) oil for a holiday, and I ,4> (to accept) his offer
and ,5) (to take) his place.
The sensation of being at work again,6> (to be) great, and I(7t (to
work) hard all the week with pleasure. I 111 (to hope) that my effort
w (to be) going to be noticed.
As I (10) (to leave) the office I:l" (to see) a group of men and
boys at the foot of the stairs and I,l2' (to hear) one or two of them
say, “That<IJ> (to be) him!” I “4> (to pretend) not to notice their
attention but secretly I,,5> (to be) pleased with it.
Next morning an old gentleman, with a fine but rather strict
face.,l<>) (to enter) the office and,,7> (to sit) down at my invitation.
He <IX) (to seem) to have something on his mind. He 1 h (to take)
off his hat and ,20> (to set) it on the floor, and <2h (to get) out of it
a red silk handkerchief and a copy of our paper.
Г He (22> (to polish) his spectacles with his handkerchief and
' <23) (to say). “You (24) (to be) the new editor?”
I<25) (to say) 1 (26) (to be).
“You ever*27* (to edit) an agricultural paper before?”
“No”, I<28’ (to say), “this(29) (to be) my first attempt”.
“Very likely. You ,w* (to have) any experience in agriculture
practically?”
“No, I(3I> (to believe) I have not”.
“Some instincttA2) (to tell) me so”,(AA) (to say) the old gentleman.
“1 <A4) (to wish) to read you what °5* (to make) me have that
instinct. Il<A6) (to be) this editorial. Listen, and see if it(57> (to be)
you who (to write) it: — ‘Turnips should never be pulled, it
<39> (to injure) them. It (to be) much better to send a boy up and
let him shake the tree'. Now, what you<4,) (to think) of that — for
I really(42> (to suppose) you (43) (to write) it?”
II
“What I ,44) (to think) of it? Why, 11451 (to think) it l4i>(to be)
good. I<47> (to think) it(4SI (to make) sense. I(to have) no doubt
93
that every year millions and millions of turnips (to be) spoiled
by being pulled in a half-ripe condition, when if you<5,) (to send)
a boy to shake the tree" -
“Shake your mother! Turnips<52) (not to grow) on trees’”
Then this old person{5?) (to get) up and,5dl (to tear) his paper all
into small pieces, and <55) (to break) several things with his cane,
and (S6) (to say) I ,57’ (not to know) as much as a cow; and then
<5Ь> (to go) out and 1391 (bang) the door after him, and, in short,
(to act) in such a way that I №,)(to think) he<w> (to be) displeased
about something. But not knowing what the trouble ,w> (to be) 1
(64) (cannot) be any help to him.
Soon after this a long pale unhealthy-looking man (to run)
into the room,(to stop) at some distance from me, and, after
examining my face with interest for a while,,67' (to draw) a copy of
our paper from his jacket and(to say),
“There, you (to write) that. Read it to me — quick! Relieve
me. I<7r" (to suffer)”.
1,7n (to read) as follows; and as the sentences(72> (to fall) from
my lips I (can) sec the relief come, I(74) (can) sec the excitement
go out of the face, and rest and peace(7Я (to change) the features:
“Concerning the pumpkin. This berry <7Ъ) (to be) a favourite
with the people of New England, who,77> (to prefer) it to gooseberry
and raspberry. The pumpkin<78’ (to be) the only plant of the orange
family that ,79’ (to grow) in the North, but planting it in the yard
*b<“ (to become) unpopular because it(S,> (not to give) shade”...
The excited listener<e2) (to spring) toward me to shake hands
and <w’ (to say),
“There, there — that<S4) (lo do). 14851 (to know) I<86) (to be) all
right now, because you<,7) (to read) it just as I(to do), word for
word. But when I first (to read) it this morning, I '40) (to say) to
myself I (lo be) crazy. Good bye, sir, you ,92’ (to take) a great
load off my mind”.
Ill
I (to feel) a little uncomfortable about cripplings, but soon
<94‘ (to stop) worrying, for the regular editor<95) (to walk) in.
The editor 496) (to look) sad and unhappy. He,97) (to look) at the
broken pieces of furniture and then (to say), “This ,49’ (to be)
a sad business — a very sad business. But that(|,x" (not to be) the
worst. The reputation of the paper 'п>,, (to be) ruined. I <IW> (to
Chopter 4. Verb Tenses
fear). True, (here never(,03> (to be) such a call for the paper before,
and it never uy4‘ (to sell) such a large edition; but one (to want)
to be famous for lunacy? My friend, as 1 ,ww (to be) an honest
man, the street out here,MW) (to be) full of people, waiting to have
a look at you, because they ,l0*‘ (to think) you (,w> (to be) crazy.
Why, who <l,0> (to put) it into your head that you <IB> (can) edit
a paper of this nature? You "l2> (to know) nothing about agriculture.
I (,,3) (to want) you to go. Oh, why you <IH’ (not to tell) me you
<l,5> (not to know) anything about agriculture?*'
“Tell you, you cabbage, you son of a cauliflower, you turnip? It
0,61 (to be) the first time I ever n,7> (to hear) such an unfeeling
remark. 1 (,,8) (to tell) you I (,,9> (to be) in editorial business for
fourteen years and you ,,20> (to try) to tell me anything about the
newspaper business! I ’u” (to take) my leave, sir. Since I (to be)
treated as you d:n(to treat) me, I perfectly <l24‘ (to will) to go. But I
,l25‘ (to do) my duty. I U2W (to say) I <l??’ (can) make your paper of
interest to all classes — and Iu2*' (to do). And 1 ',29’ (to give) you the
best class of readers that ever an agricultural paper 0301 (to have).
You ,,3° (to be) the loser in this situation, not me. Good bye”.
Then I(to leave).
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Do you think the author was really ignorant in agriculture?
2) What was the author’s main aim when he began to edit an
agricultural paper?
3) How did he try to achieve his airn?
4) Do you think his way of editing the paper was effective?
Ex.60. Lse the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
ADVANTAGES OF CHEESES
AS A TRAVELLING COMPANION
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
I
I remember a friend of mine buying a couple of Reeses in
Liverpool. Wonderful cheeses they<h (to be), ripe and with a two-
hundred-horse-power scent about them that might knock a man
over at two hundred yards. I <2) (to be) in Liverpool at that time,
and my friend <3) (to ask) me to take the cheeses back with me to
London. “Oh. with pleasure, dear boy,” I <4) (to say), “with pleasure.”
I 01 (to call) for the cheeses and ,6) (to take) them away in a cab. 1
<7) (to put) the cheeses on the top and we (to start) off very
slowly, but when we (to turn) round the corner the wind<,fh (to
begin) to blow and the horse<lh (to feel) the smell of the cheeses.
The horse suddenly(,2) (to start) at the rate of nearly four miles an
hour, h <IJ| (to take) two porters and the driver to hold the horse in
at the station.
I ,l4) (to take) my tickets, and <IS) (to march) proudly up the
platform, with my cheeses, people falling back on both sides. The
train (l6' (to be) crowded and I ,p) (to have) to get into a carriage
where there ,,K’ (Io be) already seven other people. A few moments
(l9‘ (to pass) and then an old gentleman who(to sit) next to me
u” (to begin) to sniff saying, “Quite oppressive.” Then he <22) (to
rise) up without another word and (23’ (to go) out. And then a stout
lady(24> (to get) up.,25) (to take) up her bag and eight parcels and
(to leave) the carriage. The other passengers (27) (to sit) for
a while, until a gentleman in the corner (2ttl (to say) it ,24> (to
remind) him of a dead body, and the other passenger•3I° (to try*) to
get out of the door at the same time.
II
From Crews I °" (to have) the compartment all to myself, though
the train <32) (to be) crowded. I (33> (to get) oft'at Euston,l34) (to
take) the cheeses down to my friend’s house, and when his wife
<35) (to come) into the room and,Л6> (to smell) around fora moment
she<37> (to say), “What is it? Tell me the worst.” I<3*’ (to say), “h’s
cheeses. Tom(to buy) them in Liverpool and,ф" (to ask) me to
take them up with me.”
My friend ,4l> (to stay) in Liverpool longer than he(42) (to plan),
and three days later his wife (43) (to call) on me. She ,44> (to say),
“What Tom H5) (to say) about these cheeses?” I<46> (to say) that he
,r' (to ask) to keep them in a moist place and that nobody (to
touch) them. She ,49r (to say). “Nobody (to be) going to touch
them. He ,5,) (to smell) them?” 1,52> (to say) he ,5J) (to like) thetjj
very much. “You think he (M> (to be) upset if I (S4)(to give) a man
РгоОкс
96
Chopter 4 Veib Tenses
a sovereign to take them away and to bur}' them?” she <56) (to ask).
I <57) (to answer) that I <S*J (to think) he never(59> (lo smile) again.
She(to say), "You (to mind) keeping them for him? Let me
send them round to you.” “Madam.” I,M) (to reply), “for myself I
<63‘ (to like) the smell of cheese but we must consider others.”
“Very well, then,” my friend’s wife(M> (to say) rising, "all I have to
say (65> (to be) that I (Ш (to take) the children and <67) (to go) to
a hotel until those cheeses(to be) eaten. 1(not to want) to
live any longer in the same house with them.”
HI
She <70) (to keep) her word. The hotel bill <7” (to come) to
fifteen guineas» and my friend ‘72) (to find) that the cheeses
(to cost) him cight-and-sixpence to pound. He 174) (to say)
he dearly<75' (to love) a bit of cheese but it (’6) (to be) beyond his
means, so he (77' (to decide) to get rid of them. He(781 (to throw)
them into the canal, but<79> (to have) to fish them out again, as
the bargemen (W>> (to complain). They(Я,) (to say) it ’*2> (to make)
them feel quite faint. And, after that he ,W) (to take) them one
dark night and (84) (to leave) them in the parish mortuary’. But
the coroner <85> (to discover) them and <80 (to make) a fearful
fuss. My friend <87’ (to get) rid of them, at last, by taking them
down to a seaside town, and burying them on the beach. It
<KM (to gain) the place quite a reputation. Visitors '89' (to say)
they never,9<>) (to notice) before how strong the air1911 (to be)
and sick people ,9-' (to go) there for many years afterwards.
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I) The cheeses smelt really nice.
2) Everybody liked their scent.
3) There was no problem with the cheeses on the way to London.
4) The friend’s wife wanted to get rid of the cheeses.
5) It was quite easy to get rid of the cheeses.
6) The cheeses were thrown into the canal.
7) Nobody complained.
Я) The coroner allowed the cheeses to be left in the parish
mortuary.
9) The cheeses were buried on the beach of a scasidp town.
я 10) Nobody had visited the place ever since.
Ex. 61. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
97
THE LUNCHEON
(after IK 5. Maugham)
I
I saw her at (he play and in answer to her beckoning I<n (to go)
over during the interval and<2) (to sit) down beside her. It<3> (to be)
long since 1 last H) (to see) her. She (5) (to address) me brightly:
“Well, it(to be) many years since we first(7) (to meet). How
time ,S) (to Пу)! You <9' (to remember) the first time I,K” (to sec)
you? You (to ask) me to luncheon”.
“Did I remember?”
It (,2> (to be) twenty years ago and 1 “3) (to live) in Paris. 1
<l4’ (have) a small apartment in the Latin Quarter and I (,5) (to
cam) money to keep body and soul together. She ,l6) (to read)
a book of mine and (|7! (to write) to me about it. I(to answer)
thanking her and soon I *,9> (to receive) another letter saying that
she<20> (to pass) through Paris and(2" (to like) to talk with me, but
her time <22‘ (to be) limited and the only free moment she
<23> (to have) (24> (io be) on the following Thursday; she <25) (to
spend) the morning at the Luxemburg and I<?6' (to give) her a little <
luncheon at Foyot’s afterwards? (Foyot’s,27> (to be) a restaurant so
far beyond my means that I never<2M (to think) of going there. But
I (to be) flattered and I (J0> (to be) too young to say “no" to
a woman).
I 00 (to answer) that I (?2>(to meet) her at Foyot’s on Thursday
at half past twelve.
11
She(not to be) so young as I(to expect) and in appearance
imposing rather than attractive. It O5> (to seem) to me that she
O6) (to want) to talk about me and I °7’ (to be) prepared to be
a good listener.
I(W> (to be) startled when the bill of fare (39’ (to be) brought, for
the cost(40> (to be) much higher than 1,4,) (to think).
“I never(43> (to cat) anything for luncheon”, she(41' (to say). “I
never<44’ (to eat) more than one thing; a little fish perhaps. I (^(to
wonder) if they<<6) (to have) any salmon”.
P^odice
4. В В Бондарева
Chapter 4 Verb Tenses
98 “Well, itH7) (to be) early in the year for salmon and it(48) (not to
be) on the bill of fare, but 1(49) (to ask) the waiter if there<M) (to
be) any. Yes, a beautiful salmon just,5I> (to come) in, it<52’ (to be)
the first they <53) (to have). I (to order) it for my friend. The
waiter <55’ (to ask) her if she ,56) (to have) something while they
' <57‘ (to cook) it.
“No*’, she 0K) (to answer), “I never09' (to eat) more than one
thing. Unless you ,60> (to have) a little caviar. I never0” (to mind)
caviar”.
My heart (62) (to sink) a little. 1 (to know) 1 (cannot)
order caviar, but 1<6S) (cannot) very well tell her that. 1,66) (to tell)
the waiter to bring caviar. For myself 107) (to choose) the cheapest
dish on the menu and that(to be) a mutton chop.
Then<69' (to come) the question of drink.
“I never”01 (to drink) anything for luncheon”, she<7n (to say).
“Neither,72) (to do) I”, 1,75) (to answer) quickly.
“Except white wine”, she (74> (to say) as though I (7$> (not to
speak). “These French wines(76> (to be) so light. They (77) (to be)
wonderful for digestion”.
“What you <78> (to like)?” 1 <*> (to ask).
She(to give) me a bright smile. “My doctor00 (not to let)
p me drink anything but champagne”.
Ill
I(S2) (to turn) pale. 1(to order) half a bottle. I <M) (to say)
that my doctor absolutely(W) (to forbid) me to drink champagne.
“What you IW>> (to be) going to drink then?”
“Water”.
She <b7’ (to eat) the caviar and she (to cat) the salmon. She
<89’ (to talk) of art and literature and music, but I (to wonder)
what the bill,9,) (to come) to.
“I<92’ (to see) that you (9J) (to like) to eat a heavy luncheon. I
(to be) sure it,95) (to be) a mistake. Why you (not to follow)
my example and just eat one thing?”
“I only (97) (to be) going to eat one thing”, I(%l (to say) as the
waiter,99> (to come) again with the bill of fare.
She,HXU (to wave) him aside with an airy gesture.
“No, no, 1 never”90 (to cat) anything for luncheon. a bite.
I ,,W) (cannot) possibly eat anything more — unless they (to
99
have) some of those giant asparagus. I <l04) (to be) sorry’ to leave
Paris without having one of them”.
My heart ll05) (to sink). 1 <нл' (to sec) them in the shops and
(,07) (to know) that they (to be) terribly expensive.
“Madam <IW) (to want) to know if you (,,0> (to have) any of
those giant asparagus”, 1 0,0 (to ask) the waiter. 1<l,2) (to try) with
all my might to make him say “no”. A happy smile ,llh (to appear)
over his broad face, and he lll4) (to tell) me that they,,,5) (to have)
some so large and so splendid. I u,6> (to order) them.
IV
We <l,7) (to wait) for the asparagus to be cooked. Panic ,||и> (to
catch) me. It<,,9) (not to be) a question now how much money I
(l20) (to have) for the rest of the month, but whether I ,,2I> (to have)
enough to pay the bill.
The asparagus 4,22> (to appear). They (,2>> (to be) so great.
I ,,24) (to watch) her eating them.
At last she °25’ (to finish).
“Coffee?” I <126' (to say).
“Yes, just an ice-cream and coffee”, she(,27> (to answer).
I "2SI (to order) cotlee for myself and ice-cream and cotfee for
her.
Then a terrible thing <IW‘ (to happen). While we(to wait) for
the coffee, the head waiter<LM) (to come) up to us bringing a large
basket full of huge peaches.
“You see”, she “32> (to say), “you (,3-) (to fill) your stomach
with a lot of meal and you can’t cat anything more. But 1 just
<IW| (to have) a bite and<llS) (to enjoy) a peach”.
The bill<IV1' (to come) and when I(,Л) (to pay) it I mx> (to find)
that I <l?9‘ (to have ) no money left. When 1(N0> (to walk) out of the
restaurant 1 ’“l> (to have) the whole month before me and not
P’oc’ice
a penny in my pocket.
“Follow my example”, she ,,42> (lo say) as we ,|41* (to shake)
hands, “and never (to cat) more than one thing for luncheon”.
“I (to do) better than that”, I ,14° (to answer). “1 ,147' (to
cal) nothing for dinner tonight!”
“Humorist!” she "4X) (to cry), jumping into a cab. “You °4” (to
be) quite a humorist!”
But I(,vn (to have) my revenge at last. 1 “5h (not lo believu^ihat
I <l'?’ (to be) a revengeful man, but when the immortal gods U55’ (io
4*
100
Chcple» 4 Vetb Tenses
take) a hand in the matter itdM) (to be) pardonable to observe the
result with self-satisfaction. Today she(,55> (to weigh) twenty-one
stones (133 kilograms).
Make up a list of the things the woman ate.
Was it a really light luncheon?
Страдательный залог употребляется в том случае, если в
центре внимания говорящего находится лицо или предмет,
подвергающийся воздействию со стороны другою лица.
Страдательный залог образуется при помощи вспомогатель-
ного глагола to be в соответствующей форме и причастия про-
шедшего времени смыслового глагола.
То be + V3
INDEFINITE
TENSES
х Past Indefinite Passive:
Present Indefinite Passive:
Future Indefinite Passive:
The house was painted.
Tlie house is painted.
The house will be painted.
CONTINUOUS
TENSES
Present Continuous Passive:
Past Continuous Passive:
Future Continuous Passive:
The house is being painted.
The house was being painted,
отсутствует
PERFECT
TENSES
Present Perfect Passive:
Past Perfect Passive:
Future Perfect Passive:
The house has been painted.
The house had been painted.
The house will ha»e been painted.
PERFECT
CONTINUOUS
TENSES
отсутствуют
(см. Appendix II)
102
Choptet 5. Passive Voice
В вопросительной форме вспомогательный глагол ставится
перед подлежащим. В отрицательной форме отрицательная ча-
стица not ставится после вспомогательного глагола:
e.g. Was ту application accepted? — Your application was not
accepted.
Временные формы страдательного залога употребляются со-
гласно тем же правилам, что и соответствующие им времен-
ные формы действительного залога.
Если указывается лицо, производящее действие, то оно вво-
дится предлогом by.
Если указывается предмет, при помощи которого было со-
вершено действие, он вводится предлогом with.
e.g. A new law has been passed by the government.
Fish is cut with a special knife.
Если лицо, совершившее действие, выражено местоимени-
ем, в страдательном залоге оно, как правило, опускается.
e.g. Не read the letter. — The letter was read.
l
• При трансформации предложений из действительного за-
лога в страдательный необходимо провести следующие дей-
ствия:
1) дополнение предложения в действительном залоге сде-
лать под. 1ежашим предложения в страдательном залоге;
2) изменить залог глагола-сказуемого с действительного на
страдательный, оставив неизменной вило-временную форму.
Глаголы с двумя дополнениями
bring promise sell post
tell buy owe read
send throw grant take
give write allow offer
show award feed pay
teach hand pass lend
могут иметь две конструкции в страдательном залоге (при этом
первый вариант в английском языке является более*Аредпоч-
тительным):
e.g. Patrick gave Laura some flowers.
I) Laura was given some flowers by Patrick.
2) Some flowers were given to Laura by Patrick.
Форму страдательного залога могут иметь только переход-
ные глаголы. Необходимо однако помнить о том. что понятие
переходности в английском языке значительно шире соответ-
ствующего понятия в русском языке. Если в русском языке
переходными являются глаголы, требующие беспредложного
(прямого) дополнения в винительном падеже, то в англий-
ском языке переходными считаются глаголы, допускающие и
предложное дополнение, обозначающее предмет, в отноше-
нии которого совершается данное действие. Предлог в таком
случае является частью глагольного значения и не может быть
опущен в пассивной конструкции. Если в действительном за-
логе глагол употребляется с предлогом, при трансформации
предложения в страдательный залог предлог не должен опус-
каться:
Theory
e.g. We sent for the doctor. — The doctor was sent for.
Список наиболее употребительных глаюлов с предлогами
ю act on
to deal with
to experiment on
to hear of
to insist on (upon)
to listen to
to send for
to speak about
to look at
to look for
to take care of
to wait for
to refer to
to make use of
to pay attention to
to laugh at
to rely on (upon)
to work at
to talk about
to talk to
to do with
to finish with
to shout at
to stare at
Глаголы think, believe, say, report, know, expect, consider,
understand, feel, hope, claim, allege и некоторые другие могут
употребляться в страдательном залоге как в личных, га< и
безличных предложениях:
104
Chopter 5. Passive Voice
e.#. It is expected that the visitors will arrive at 11.
The visitors are expected to come ar 11.
Существует несколько способов перевода страдательного
залога с английского языка на русский:
1) формой глагола в страдательном залоге:
e.g. The letter was written. — Письмо было написано.
2) неопределенно-личным предложением:
e.g. I was told. — .Мне сказали.
The doctor was sent for. — За доктором послали.
3) глаголом с возвратными частицами -ся, сь:
e.g. Her articles are often published. — Ее статьи часто публи-
куются.
4) сложноподчиненным предложением:
e.g. Many people are said to have been homeless because of the
flood. — Говорят, что многие люди остались без крова
в результате наводнения.
105
Ex.62. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
P'aciice
UNIVERSAL SENTENCES
Erich Remarque once(to introduce) to an American girl who
(2) (to travel) in Germany. She<3> (to delight) to meet him because
she <4‘ (to read) all his books which ,5) (to translate) into English.
Then she l6> (to ask) why Remarque never(7> (to visit) the U.S. His
answer <*> (to be), “English w (to speak) in the U.S. but unfortunately
1 °0’ (not to speak) it. In fact I °” (to know) only four sentences*'.
The girl (l2) (to ask). “What they <l3) (to be)?’* The writer ”4) (to
say), “Hello! I love you. Forgive me. Ham and eggs, please". —
“Why",<l$) (to cry) the girl, “with these sentences a long tour can
<l6) (to lake) from Maine to California".
Do you think these sentences are really universal?
Ex.63. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
THE ROYAL RAVENS
The six ravens (,) (to keep) in the Tower of London now for
centuries. They(to use) to come in from Essex for food cracks
when the Tower °* (to use) as a palace. Over the years people<4> (to
think) that if the ravens ever<5) (to leave) the Tower, the monarchy
(6) (to fall). So Charles II (7) (to decree) that six ravens should
always <•* (to keep) in the Tower and should <9) (to pay) a wage
from the treasury. Sometimes they(,0) (to live) as long as 25 years
but their wings11 ° (to clip) so they(,2> (cannot) fly away and when
a raven <l3) (to die) another raven (,4) (to bring) from Essex.
Ex.64. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
TROOPING THE COLOUR
The ceremony of Trooping the Colour<|J (to be) one of the nW
fascinating. It (2) (to stage) in front of Buckingham Palace. Il
106
Chapter 5. Passive Voice
<3) (to hold) annually on the monarch’s official birthday which
,4> (to celebrate) on the second Saturday in June. Her Majesty
Queen Elizabeth 11l5t (to be) Colonel-in-Chiefof the Life Guards.
She ’6) (to escort) by Horse Guards riding to the Parade. The
ceremony<7) (to accompany) by the music of bands. The procession
(to head) by the Queen.
What other English legends, ceremonies and traditions do you
know?
Ex.65. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
STAMPS
In 1840. Rowland Hill’s Penny Stamp Act G) (to become) law.
Under this law, letters,2> (to pay) for by weight. Previously, they
,3) (to charge) according to the distance or number of sheets. It
also141 (to become) compulsory to pay for postage in advance. This
alwaysl5> (not to do) before and often people (6) (to refuse) to pay
for letters which <7> (to deliver) to them. Stamps,s> (to introduce) in
1840 as an easy way of checking that postage(9) (to pay). As Britain
<l(" (to be) the first country' to use stamps widely, the country’s
name<n> (not to write) on them. However, the head of the ruling
monarch ”h (to appear) on every stamp.
Ex.66. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
THE LOCH NESS MONSTER
The story’of the Loch Ness monster<n (to begin) in 1933 when
itl2) (to sec) for the first lime. Since then il(lo see) at least once
every year and,4> (io photograph) many times. The first photograph
,5) (to take) by a local man in November, 1933. On the occasion,
large brown eyes(to sec) and horns r’ (to report) several times.
Ears ,Я| (not to mention) yet. The monster, however, ,9> (not to
forget) and probably never (,l)> (to forget). It (in (to know) Ujpt it
sometimes(to leave) the loch and a few years ago it<IJ) (to see)
running along the main road not far from a cafe. Occasionally two
Practice
monsters<N> (to see) at the same time. It l,5‘ (not to know) whether I 107
they (to be) father and son, husband and wife, or perhaps
monster and girl-friend. But the monster and its activities <l7> (to
consider) still a mystery.
Do you believe in the Loch Ness Monster? Why/why not?
Ex.67. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
A FRENCHMAN IN ENGLAND
A Frenchman once<h (to travel) in England. He,2) (can) speak
English but not very well. His vocabulary (not to be) large.
One day he (4) (to eat) in a small country hotel and he <5> (to
want) to order some eggs. But he (6‘ (cannot) remember the word j
for eggs. Suddenly through the window he ,7> (to see) a rooster
walking in the yard. He immediately{8) (to ask) the waiter what the
bird<9) (to call) in English. The waiter<l0> (to tell) him that it<u> (to
call) a rooster.
The Frenchman then ,,2> (to ask) what the rooster’s wife<l3) (to
call). The waiter<l4) (to tell) him that it(,s> (to call) a hen. The
Frenchman then <l6) (to ask) what the hen’s children (,7> (to call).
The waiter (to tell) him that they (,9) (to call) chickens. The
Frenchman then<20) (to ask) what the chickens(2,) (to call) before
they(22) (to bear). The waiter(2)> (to tell) him that they(24) (to call)
eggs.
“Fine!”<2S> (to say) the Frenchman. “Please bring me two and a
cup of coffee”.
Do you think the Frenchman found a clever way out?
Ex.68. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
VISITING THE WINDSOR CASTLE
An energetic American tourist<n (to come) to visit the Windsor
Castle in England. At the entrance a lot of colourful guide-book^
(2) (to display). The guide |J> (to advise) the American to buy on of
108
Chapter 5 Passive Voice
them. The American (4) (to buy) a guide-book on the Windsor
Castle and<5’ (to open) it at once. Then the guide(to ask) a lot of
questions. “That famous vase (to bring) from Egypt? The table
(to make) of oak from the Sherwood forest? How much money
(9) (to pay) for this table? The portrait really<l0) (to paint) by Van
Dyke? The portrait still<,n (to keep) in the castle?” All the questions
(to answer), “Yes, sir”. Then the guide (to ask), “You
(,4) (not to come) in and see all those things?” The American
(,5) (to answer), “No, I won’t. The pictures of all those things
,,6) (to print) in my guide-book. I (,n (cannot) waste time.
1,,8) (can) go on visiting other castles and museums”.
Ex.69. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
GOING FOR A SEA TRIP
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
I remember my brother-in-law going for a short sea trip once
for the benefit of his health. He (to take) a return berth from
у London to Liverpool; and when he <2) (to get) to Liverpool, the
only thing he<3) (to think) of<4) (to be) to sell that return ticket.
It(5> (to offer) round the town at a large reduction, so I(6) (to
tell); and <7) (to sell) for eighteen pence a young man who just
ш (to advise) by his doctor to go to the sea-side and take exercise.
“Sea-side!” {9) (to say) my brother-in-law pressing the ticket
into his hand; “why, you(,t” (to have) enough for your whole life;
as for exercise! Why, you(,,) (to get) more exercise sitting down on
that ship, than you (to get) jumping and running on dry land”.
He himself — my brother-in-law —(to come) back by train.
He (,4> (to say) the North-Western Railway °5’ (to be) healthy
enough for him.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Why did the man want to sell the return tickets?
2) Have you ever gone on a sea trip?
3) How did you like it?
4) Did you feel sea-sick?
Ex.70. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
Many people <h (to think) they can write stories. They (2> (to
like) to be writers. They <•’’ (to write) stories and (4> (to send) them
to magazines. When the magazines<5> (not to accept) the stories,
these people (6‘ (to become) angry.
A lady once <7) (to write) a long story'. She <s> (to send) it to
a famous editor. After a few weeks the story'<9> (to return) to her.
The lady(I0' (to be) angry. She 00 (to write) to the editor:
“Dear Sir! Yesterday you 021 (to send) back a story' of mine.
How you (to know) that the story'l,4) (not to be) good? You
<1S) (not to read) it. Before I ,,6) (to send) you the story I <l7> (to
past) together pages 18, 19 and 20. This <,b> (to be) a test to see
whether you (to read) the story. When the story-(20) (to come)
back yesterday the pages still<2h (to past) together. Thisf22’ (to be)
the way you Ш| (to read) all the stories thatG4> (to send) to you?”
The editor,25> (to write) back: “Dear Madam! At breakfast when
I(2b> (to open) an egg 1,27* (not to have) to eat all the egg in order to
understand that it(2X) (to be) bad”.
Procrice
Ex.7l. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
A DOUBTFUL COMPLIMENT
An article just published in a students’ magazine (h (to talk)
much about. At last it(to fall) into the hands of a man who
,?) (to consider) an authority on the matter in question.
‘’In this article a great deal (to be) new, and a great deal<5> (to
be) true”,(to say) the man on reading the article.
The young author(7) (to tell) about it but he(S) (to want) to hear
the Haltering words from the critic himself.
“This (9> (to be) my opinion, indeed”, (’01 (to say) the critic
when he <ln (to question) by the young author. “But I (,2) (to be)
sorry to say what(l?l (to be) new in the article(,4r (not to be) true,
and what °5’ (to be) true in it °6’ (to be) by no means new”.
Would you like your work to he complimented on this way tjyhy/
why not?
110
Chapter 5. Passive Voice
Ex.72. Put (he verbs in brackets into (he correc( passive or active
form.
NEARlYI
The greatest painter Sir James Thornhill (,) (to employ) in
decorating the interior of the dome of St. Paul’s in London. One
day he ‘2| (to step) back on the scaffolding to sec how his work
(to look) at a little distance. 11 is servant, who,4' (to stand) near,
<5' (to terrify) to see him within some inches of the edge of the
scaffolding. At the least movement backwards he (to throw) and
(7‘ (to dash) to pieces on the pavement. How he(to warn) of this
danger? If the servant(to cry) out. he probably ‘""(to take) fatal
step.
So the man ,l" (to throw) a pot of paint over the piece of work
the painter just n2) (Io admire). Sir James, in a rage. <r“ (to rush)
forward to punish him. and so his life<l4> (to save). On finding out
why the servant,l5) (to spoil) his painting. Sir James<l6> (to be) glad
to reward him instead of punishing him.
Did die servant find an effective way to save his master's life?
c
Ex.73. Put the verbs in brackets into (he correct passive or
active fomi.
ITS THE GREAT EINSTEIN!
One day Einstein <n (to go) to a town in Central Germany to
play in a concert which (2) (to give) to help poor students.
A young inexperienced writer|Ъ (to send) to report the concert.
While wailing for the concert to begin, he<4) (to whisper) nervously
to the lady next to him. “Who (5) (to be) this Einstein who<6) (to
play) tonight?”
The lady *7> (to shock) that there (g)(to be) someone in Germany
who never,9> (to hear) of the famous scientist. “Good heavens, you
(,0) (not to know)? It(Ul (to be) the great Einstein!” — “Ah, yes, of
course”,(,2) (to answer) the young reporter w riting down something.
The next day, the newspaper n3’ (to report) the successful
appearance of “the great musician. Albert Einstein, who <l4‘ (to
play) with skill and feeling second to none”. It °’ (to declarfj (hat
Einstein<,6> (to be) “the greatest master of them all”.
Einstein (,Г) (to carry) this article with him until it<w (to wear)
out. His eyes usually °9) (to twinkle) as he (20) (to say) lo a friend,
“You <2n (to think) I <22) (to be) a scientist? Hah! I (2Л) (to be)
a famous fiddler, that's what I(24) (to be)!” and he1251 (to pull) the
article out of his pocket.
But when a rich man ,26> (to send) him a violin worth 30,000
dollars, Einstein *27‘ (to return) it with a modest note. “This valuable
instrument 1281 (to play) by a true artist. Please forgive me — I
1291 (to use) to my old violin”.
til
-?
I
Ex.74. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
form.
RALEIGH'S PLAN Г
Sir Walter Raleigh, an English statesman and navigator, who
,h (to live) in the reign of Queen Elizabeth,<2) (to sail) across the
sea to America in search of new lands and (to introduce) the
potato from America into England. Shortly after getting the first
crop, he <4> (to send) some to a friend.
Next spring, the friend (S> (to plant) the potatoes, which soon
,6> (to give) an excellent crop. When the “potato-plums”, as they
,7) (to call) then,(8’ (to be) ripe, he<9> (to take) some of them to his
cook, who “0> (to fry) them in butter and <ln (to put) sugar and
cinnamon over them. In this condition they 02) (to set) on the
dinner-table as a great rarity.
The balls, however,(to taste) unpleasant, and it(,4‘ (to decide)
that the fruit<l5> (not to ripen) in the cold English climate. Therefore,
the gardener U6> (to order) to pull up the plants and burn them, and
he <l7) (to do) so.
Il(,8) (to happen) that the gentleman (l9> (to step) on one of the
baked potatoes as it,20> (to lie) in the ashes. When it(2n (lo break)
open he<22> (to notice) that it<23) (to be) white and<24) (to have) an
agreeable smell. He,25> (to taste) and<26) (lo find) it very tasty.
The proper method of cooking the new vegetable <27) (to
learn) soon, and in a short time it,2R) (to become) a universal
favourite.
Do you know who introduced I potatoes to Russia?
112 Ex.75. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
Chapter 5. Passive Voice
form.
THE WORK THAT MADE DEFOE FAMOUS
In 1718 Defoe (1) (to be) nearly sixty years old. He (2) (to have)
a full and interesting life. He (3) (to travel), (4) (to try) many
professions and <5> (to write) many books afid pamphlets.
In 1712 Defoe (b) (to meet) a sailor who (7) (to be) alone on
a desert island. Alexander Selkirk (8) (to be) his name. Following
a violent quarrel with his officer, Selkirk (9) (to put) ashore on an
island off the coast of Chile. For more than four years he < l()) (to
live) alone on the island, managing not only to stay alive, but also
to make himself fairy comfortable. At last he(,,) (to rescue) through
the happy chance of a ship putting in at this island for water. When
he finally(l2) (to return) to London his adventures(,3) (to become)
the talk of the town. Several accounts of his experiences (,4) (to
print), read and soon forgotten. In a few years' time scarcely anyone
(,5) (to remember) Alexander Selkirk.
But Defoe (,6) (not to forget). Selkirk’s unique experience (,7) (to
capture) his imagination. What a man(,8) (to do) all alone? How he
(,9) (to live)?
Thus Defoe <20) (to turn) to writing the story of a shipwrecked
man. He (2I) (to choose) an island in a different part of the world
for his story and (22) (to create) an imaginary character for his hero,
Robinson Crusoe. With his skill as a journalist, he (23) (to be) able
to make his story seem absolutely true.
The book <24)(to be) a great success. Everybody (25)(ю read) it,
(26) (to enjoy) it, almost<27) (to believe) it. The story of an imaginary
castaway <28) (to know) all over the world, while the true story of
Selkirk, who<29) (to be) a real castaway(30) (not to know) practically
today.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Have you read “Robinson Crusoe”?
2) How did you like it?
3) Did you know the book was based on a real story?
4) Have you ever thought of living on a deserted island?
Ex.76. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or active
113
tense.
MY UNCLE TOM
I
My uncle worked on the railway. Il ,b (not to be) at a big
station, it<2) (to be) a little place called Lowton Cross. Only about
two trains a day (to stop) there, and Torn l4’ (to be) a station
master, a chief porter all in one. In fact, Tom,5> (to do) all the work
that *6) (to come) along. Lowton Cross <7) (to be) the pride of his
heart, the waiting room (to clean) every day by the chief cleaner
(Tom); the chairs (9‘ (to polish) by the chief polisher (Tom); and
the tickets <K" (to sell) and <lb (to collect) by the ticket collector
(Tom) — sometimes there <l2> (to be) as many tickets as four a day
— and the money (,J) (to count) every evening by the chief clerk
(Tom).
The station(,4) (to run) well. Tom (to be) very strict about the
rules. He °61 (to know) what a passenger u7' (to allow) to do and
<lS) (not to allow) to do. He °9’ (to be) there for 50 years and then he
<20’ (to have) to retire. There <2,) (to be) no doubt (hat Tom <22> (to
do) his job well; in all the 50 years he never(to miss) a day. So
the Railway Company,24' (to want) to thank him for his job. A man «
from the head office<25) (to ask) to go to Lowton Cross to do it.
Prodice
11
Torn(2M (to thank) and<27’ (to give) a small check as a present.
He (28) (to please), of course, but he <29> (to tell) the man, “I don’t
need the money. But can I have something that(30) (to remind) me
of the happy days 1 °" (to spend) in Lowton Cross?” The man
°2- (to ask) him what he,35' (to want). “Well, sir, could the Company
let me have a part of an old railway carriage. It<34> (not to matter)
how old or broken it(35) (to be). 1 (36) (to want) to put it in my
garden and every day I can go and sil in it”.
About a week later a carriage(J7) (to send) and °8’ (to take) into
Tom’s garden.
Tom B9> (to work) at it and it(40) (to clean) and,4" (to paint) and
,42) (to polish). Soon we<43) (to go) to sec Tom. It,44> (to be) a bad
day for a visit. It <45) (to begin) to rain as wc <46’ (to get) off the
train, and by the lime we (47> (to gel) to Tom’s house ii<4-' (to rain)
114
Choplur 5. Passive Voice
hard. We <49’ (to knock) but there <s"‘ (to be) no answer. Tom
<5h (not to be) in the house. We (И| (to think) he,53) (to be) in his
carriage. Sure enough he (54‘ (to be) (here, but he °5’ (not to sit) in
the carriage, he ,56> (to be) outside, on the step of the carriage
smoking his pipe. His head (5’’ (to cover) with a sack. We ,58) (to
ask) him why he ,59‘ (not to go) inside the carriage. “Can’t you
see”, Tom (to say), “the carriage they,ъь (to send) me <ъ2> (to
be) a non-smoker”.
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I) Tom worked at a big railway station.
2) Tom did all the work that came along.
3) Tom had to retire after 50 years of work.
4) The company did not thank him for his work.
5) Tom wanted to have something lo be reminded of the happy
days at Lowton Cross.
6) The company sent him a carriage.
7) Tom was sitting inside the carriage smoking his pipe.
8) Tom was smoking outside because they had sent him a non-
smoker.
c
I
В английском языке время глагола в придаточном предло-
жении зависит от времени глагола в главном предложении.
Если глагол в главном предложении стоит в одном из на-
стоящих или будущих времен» глагол придаточною предло-
жения может употребляться в любом необходимом по смыслу
времени:
he will go on a trip next month.
I know (that) he goes on a trip every summer,
he went on a trip last month.
Если глагол в главном предложении стоит в одном из про-
шедших времен, го в придаточном предложении начинает дей-
ствовать правило согласования времен, при котором происхо-
дит «сдвиг» времен:
I knew (that)
he would go on a trip next month,
he went on a trip every summer,
he had gone on a trip last month.
1) Если действие придаточного предложения произойдет поз-
же действия главною предложения, то глагол в придаточном
предложении употребляется в одном из времен Futurc-in-thc-
Past.
2) Если действие придаточного предложения произошло ра-
нее действия главного предложения, то глагол в придаточном
Chapter 6. Sequence of Tenses
»>6 • предложении употребляется в Past Perfect и переводится па
русский язык глаголом в прошедшем времени.
3) Если действие придаточного предложения произошло од-
новременно с действием главного, то глагол в придаточном
предложении употребляется в Past Indefinite или в Past
Continuous, при этом на русский язык он переводится глаго-
лом в настоящем времени.
Правило согласования времен не соблюдается:
1)если глагол придаточного предложения выражает обще-
известную истину:
e.g. Everybody knew the sun rises in the east.
2) если указано время совершения действия:
e.g. Не said that Mark Twain died in 1910.
3) в определительных придаточных предложениях, обстоя-
тельственных придаточных предложениях сравнения и причи-
ны. Употребление времен в таких придаточных предложениях
С зависит от смысла, который вкладывается говорящим в выс-
казывание:
e.g. Му sister knew the book 1 ant reading.
John spoke English worse last year than he does now.
4) в газетных информационных статьях:
e.g. The President said they will discuss those problems during the
next meeting.
Reported Speech
Косвенной речь
При трансформации предложений из прямой речи в кос-
венную изменяются по смыслу личные и притяжательные ме-
стоимения, а также наречия места, времени и указательные
местоимения:
Direct Speech Reported Speech
this these now today yesterday tomorrow next week last week a year ago here in two minutes that those then that day the day before, the previous day the next day, the following day the following week the previous week the year before there two minutes later
Н7
Если глагол в главном предложении стоит в одном из про-
шедших времен, в придаточном предложении начинает дей-
ствовать правило согласования времен, согласно которому про-
исходит «сдвиг» времен в соответствие со следующей схемой:
Direct Speech Reported Speech
Present Indefinite Past Indefinite Present Continuous Past Continuous Present Perfect Present Perfect Continuous Future Past Indefinite Past Perfect Past Continuous Past Perfect Continuous Past Perfect Past Perfect Continuous Future-in-the-Past
e.g. Не said, “Jane is doing her math now ”. — He said Jane was
doing her math then.
He said, “She will graduate from college next year ”. — He
saidshe would graduate from college the following year.
• Общий вопрос в косвенной речи.
Общий вопрос в косвенной речи вводится союзами if или
whether, после которых следует прямой порядок слов. Изменя-
ются по смыслу личные и притяжательные местоимения, на-
речия места и времени, указательные местоимения, при необ-
ходимости начинает действовать правило согласования вре-
мен. Общий вопрос в косвенной речи обычно вводите^
глаголами to ask, to wonder, to inquire, to want, to know.
118
Choplc-r 6. Sequence of Tenses
e.g. He says to me, “Do you speak English well?" — He asks me
if I speak English well.
He said to me, “Didyou come here at two o'clock?" — He
wondered if I had come there at two о 'clock.
• Специальный вопрос в косвенной речи.
Специальный вопрос в косвенной речи вводится тем же
вопросительным словом, что и в прямой речи. Порядок слов
становится прямым, изменяются по смыслу личные и притя-
жательные местоимения. наречия места и времени, указатель-
ные местоимения, при необходимости начинает действовать
правило согласования времен. Специальный вопрос в косвен-
ной речи вводится теми же глаголами, что и общий вопрос.
e.g. Не says to те, "When did you enter the university?" — He
asks me when I entered the university.
He said to me, “What hotel are you going to stay at?” — He
wanted to know what hotel 1 was going to stay at.
• Повелительные предложения в косвенной речи.
Повели тельные предложения в косвенной речи вводится ут-
вердительным или отрицательным инфинитивом. Изменяются по
смыслу личные и притяжательные местоимения, наречия ме-
ста и времени, указательные местоимения. Повелительные
предложения в косвенной речи вводятся глаголами to ask, to
tell, to order, to let, to make, to advise, to forbid и др.
e.g. He says to me, “Open the window, please ". — He asks me to
open the window.
He said to me, “Don't go there ". — He forbade me to go there.
119
Ex.77. Put the verbs in brackets into (he correct form. Turn the
dialogue into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs.
Use Appendix IX.
I TRIED HARD BUT...
(at rhe airport)
Passenger: 1 just<n (to miss) (he British airways flight to
Paris. You (2> (can) book me a scat on the next plane?
H a n s: It(3> (to be) hardly possible, sir. I (4) (to be) afraid the
plane <5’ (to be) completely full and there <6t (not to be) another
flight until 17.00.
P a s s e n g e r: This 17> (to be) stupid. 1 l8) (to leave) my hotel
more than two hours ago in order to gel here in time. And what
,9' (to happen)? My taxi driver (cannot) drive at more than 10
miles an hour because of the traffic.
H a n s: 1u,) (to be) sorry, sir. 1(l2) (to try) Air France for you...
I(П> (to try) hard but 1 (to be) afraid all their planes 051 (to be)
fully booked too.
Passenger: You English (,6) (to make) me angry. Why
,,7) (cannot) you build better roads? ’M
II a n s: I (to agree) with you, sir. English traffic n9> (to be)
very' bad. Now. if you<*•» (to excuse) me. theret2h (to be) another
gentleman here...
Passenger: Il<22) (to be) the same yesterday, f<23> (to fly)
from Liverpool to London. I<M> (to spend) one hour at the airport,
three quarters of an hour in the plane and three and a half hours
on the road. When I <25’ (to reach) my hotel in Piccadilly, you
,2b> (can) hardly believe it. but dinner U7) (to be) over.
Hans:!<28) (to be) sorry, sir. Now, if you<29’ (not to mind)...
Passenger. You English d0' (to do) everything slowly. Now
in my country...
Hans: So we <3,) (to be) slow, aren't we? Then it ,,2> (to be)
because of people like you. You ,33) (to talk) too much and '-u> (to
take) up too much of my time. 1 really (35> (must) attend to this
gentleman, sir.
Passenger: You English always(36) (to stick) together.
H a n s: 1l37) (must) disappoint you, sir. 1,38) (not to be) English*
1 <39‘ (to be) a foreigner — like you.
Prodce
I2C
Chapter 6. Sequence of Terjes
Answer the questions.
I) What did the passenger complain of?
2) What did he blame the English for?
Ex.78. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
dialogue into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs.
Use Appendix IX.
A PATIENT AND A DOCTOR
A very optimistic doctor (to stand) beside the bed of one of his
patients who<2) (to be) in the hospital for several weeks. The worried
patient(to ask) him. “I (to be) going to get better, doctor?”
Doc to r. As you know you (5) (to be) still quite ill.
Patient: Yes, I(to know), doctor. But, please,,7) (not to
let) me go on with false hopes. Tell me the truth!
Doctor: I m (to study) your case in my medical books and I
*9) (to do) a lot of research on your problem.
Patient: Please, <l0)(not to try) to soften the blow. Tell me
the truth, no matter what it °" (to be).
Doctor: 1 d2) (to convince) that we can keep you alive. Yes,
and I can even say that you definitely(to be) going to get better.
P a t i e n t: Wonderful! But I,M> (not to understand) how you
can be so sure. Up till now all the other doctorsu5> (to tell) me that
the disease <l6' (to be) fatal. How can you be sure that I ”7>(to be)
going to get better?
D о c t о г: I<ls> (to be) a scientist in the art of medicine. I n9) (to
study) your case carefully. In the latest medical journals they
(30> (lo publish) the results of a long study on this disease.
Patient: And what this study <2h (to show)?
D о c t о r: In your case, I(22) (to continue) the present treatment
and(23> (to trust) in the scientifically proven statistics.
Patient: And these statistics *24’ (to show) that I<25> (to be)
going to get belter?
Doctor: Exactly! It<26’ (to prove) that ten percent of all the
patients with this diseasel27’ (to get) better.
Patient: What? Only ten percent? But that (to be)
terrible! Thatf29> (to mean) that I(to have) only one chance in
ten of getting better? You 15,1 (to try) to deceive me when you
(to tell) me that I (to be) going to get better?
Doctor: Calm yourselfl You (34) (not to understand) these
things. It(35) (to be) a scientific problem.
Patient: Please, doctor, explain.
Doctor: Listen to me. You °ft’ (to be) the tenth patient that
I °7’ (to treat) for this disease...
Patient: Yes, go on. So 1(to be) the tenth patient that
you(to treat) for this disease... 1 still(40> (not to understand).
Doctor: Simple mathematics, my good man. You, being the
tenth,(4h (to have) to be well, because the other nine (42) (to die)!
Did the doctor’s calculations seem very optimistic to the patient?
Why?
Proclice
Ex.79. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
text into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs. Use
Appendix IX.
A SAD STORY
“You d) (to be) a doctor. I think”, <2‘ (to say) Augustus
Pokewhistle smiling from his bed at the man who o> (to arrive)
while he (4) (to sleep). “Il<5> (to be) kind of you to come, but I
<6> (to think) you<7> (cannot) help me. I<8> (to be) an artist. I(9) (to
paint) pictures and I(,0) (to draw) drawings...”
“But...”
“You (to be) going to tell me that youl,?) (not to be) interested
in the story of my life”, Augustus<l3) (to say). “I(,4) (to know) that
some so-called friends of mine(l5) (to send) you to help and to save
me. And you (,6) (not to be) able to understand my illness if
1 (,7> (not to tell) you the story of my life...”
“But...”
“1(l8> (to have) very kind parents, 1 <l9> (to study) at school and
it soon (20> (to become) clear that I<2n (not to be) an ordinary boy.
When I<22) (to be) seven I<23> (to gel) a prize for a drawing of a cat.
After that my parents(24' (to give) me plenty of pencils and paper
and the opportunity of studying under great painters. When I
(251 (to be) twenty one I<2<” (to start) business as a painter of people.
And I ,27> (to paint) eleven pictures of my own face but nobody
(to want) them.”
“But...”
122
Chapter 6 Sequence of Tenses
“Let me finish and then you (29> (to say) “but” as often as you
<30J (to like). I|3I> (io turn) from painting people to painting landscapes.
But I <Э2) (cannot) sell those pictures either. I <33) (to have) little
money left and I,w' (to decide) to forget my soul and to paint for
money. 1,35' (to decide) to draw funny pictures for the newspapers...”
“But...”
“I<36> (io know) what you,37) (to be) going to say. You<38> (to be)
sonyr for me. But IlW) (to be) without hope and always hungry. So
I H0) (to make) thirty or forty funny drawings every day and ,4,) (to
send) them to the papers. Believe it or not I<42> (to get) no money.
I just(to get) my drawings back...”
“But...”
“1,44> (to have) no hope any longer and 1<45> (to decide) to take
to my bed and never to rise again. You,46> (cannot) help me, doctor.
1<47) (to be) sure that I never14Ю (to rise) from this bed...”
“But I(49> (to be) sure that you (to rise)”, the man (5h (to
say), placing Augustus on the floor, “ because 1<52> (to come) to
take your bed away. I<53) (to be) from the furniture shop and you
°4’ (not to pay) for the bed yet”.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Do you think .Augustus Pokewhistle was as talented as he
thought himself to be?
2) What makes you think so?
Ex.80. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
dialogue into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs.
Use Appendix IX.
THE REASON TO STAY IN BED
Harr y: Nora, Nora.
Nora (coming into the room): Yes, what it10 (to be) now,
Harr}?
Harry: Oh. there you(2) (to be). Look here, Nora, 1,3) (to be)
tired of lying here on my back with nothing to do. 1 :4' (to hate)
doing nothing.
Nora: Don’t be silly, Harry. You <5) (to have) a temperature
and staying in bed<bl (to be) the only sensible thing to dd. Now just
be quiet and stop preventing me from doing my housework.
Harry: No, seriously. Nora, Ii7) (cannot) bear it lying flat on
my back.
Nora: Well, then try lying on your stomach for a change.
Harry: Stop being funny. 1 (lo be) going to get up. There!
Look, I <9' (to stand) up. 1(to be) quite all right. What(l11 (to
be) (he use of staying in bed?
N о r a: 1 ,l2> (to think) you <l3‘ (to be) very silly. You only
<H> (to make) your temperature go up again.
H a r r y: It (to be) no use talking, Nora — being ill,,6) (not
to suit) me. .
Nora: No. and trying to nurse you “7> (not to suit) me.
Harry: Now don’t be bitter about it. You know, I (to be)
grateful to you for looking after me. But you (,9‘ (must not) try to
keep me in bed like a naughty boy.
Nora: Well, you<20) (to begin) it by behaving like a naughty boy.
И а г г у: I <2h (to be) all against this staying in bed for no
reason.
Nor a: Harry, being illf22> (to be) a reason... Now don’t stand
by that window and catch another cold... Let me see, half past
eleven.
Harry: Why you ,23> (to keep) looking at the clock?
N о r a: I<24) (to expect) Mother — she <25’ (to come) over for
a day.
Harr y: Good heavens, I (26' (not to know) (hat.
Nora: Yes, 1(27) (to think) she ,28) (to have) something she
<29) (to want) to talk to you about.
Harry: Oh heavens! She ,3rt’ (to have)? (Groans). Oh... You
°” (to know), Nora, I really1321 (to feel) a bit ill, perhaps I’d belter
get back to bed.
Nora: Oh, what a pity! I <w’ (to think) perhaps you '-M> (may)
stay up to sec her.
Harr у (to himself): That U5) (to be) the very reason 1 (to
get) back into bed!
Nora: What you tl7> (to say)?
Harr y: Oh, er — nothing.
Practice
Answer ihe questions on the dialogue.
I) Do you think I larry' to be really ill? Or was he just pretending
to be? u
2) Why do you think so?
124
Chcpter 6. Sequence о- Tenses
Ex.81. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
text into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs. Use
Appendix IX.
FOLLOWING ADVICE
(after Jerome. K. Jerome)
Not all advice is good. 1 (to have) a friend who,2’ (to like) to
give advice. He <3> (to be) very much interested in the question of
rational diet. One day he(4> (to bring) me something in a packet.
“What it '(to be)?* 1 161 (to ask).
‘•Open it and sec'', he(7) (to answer).
I <K> (to open) it and ,9‘ (to look) but 001 (cannot) understand
what it Uh (to be).
“It(,2) (to be) tea”, he tl3> (to explain).
“Oh!” I<H’ (to say). “1<15) (to think) it<l6> (to be) snuff”.
“Well, it,l7’ (not to be) exactly tea”, he ,:x’ (to continue), “it
<l9) (to be) a son of tea. You(20> (to take) one cup of that, only one
cup, and you never'21’ (to take) any other sort of tea”.
“Thank you”, 1,22> (to say). “I l23)(to be) very glad to take it”.
He ,24> (to be) quite right. I ,25‘ (to sec) that very' well when
Г I (26) (to take) only one cup. I(27) (to feel) I (28) (not to want) any
other tea after this. In fact. 1 (to feel) I (3t) (not to want)
anything, I only<3h (to wish) to die quietly. He ,32’ (to come) to see
me after a week.
“You (33) (to remember) that tea I(34) (to give) you?” he<35' (to
ask).
“Oh, yes, I<36) (to remember) it ven' well”, 1,37) (to answer), “I
<3R> (to feel) the taste of it in my mouth even now”.
“It Wi (to upset) you?” he u" (to ask).
“Yes, at that time it(4n (to do)”, I H2‘ (to answer), “but it(43) (to
be) all right now”.
He<44> (to think) fora moment.
“You <4S) (to be) quite right”, he ,4Ъ> (to say). “It (47) (to be)
snuff, a very special snuff from India*’.
“1(4g) (cannot) say I<49) (to like) it”, I(W1 (to answer).
“I<5n (to make) a mistake”, he <52> (togo) on, “I<53’ (to mix) up
the packets”.
“Well, you (M) (not to make) another mistake”, I(5$> (to say),
125
“at least not with me. because I(56> (Io promise) that I never07' (to
follow) your advice in future”.
Answer the questions on the text.
I) Do you agree that not all advice is good.
2) Who usually gives you advice?
3) Do you always follow it?
4) Have you ever been given bad advice?
Procnce
Ex.82. Pul the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
text into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs. Use
Appendix IX.
WITH THE PHOTOGRAPHER
(after Stephen Leacock)
“I ,n (to want) my photograph taken”, I <*• (to say) The
photographer01 (to look) at me with enthusiasm.
“Sil there”, he(4> (to say), “and wait”.
I 0> (to wait) for an hour. After an hour the photographer(6’ (to
open) the door.
“Come in”, he,7) (to say). I 01 (to go) into the studio.
“Sir down”, 0> (to say) the photographer. I <l0’ (to sit) down.
The photographer<ln (to roll) the machine into the middle of the
room and<l2) (to get) into it from behind.
I le ,B) (to be) in it only a second. — just time enough for one
look at me, — and then he (,4) (to be) out again, opening the
curtains over the windows.
Then he <l5) (to get) back into the machine again and ,,6> (to
draw) a little black cloth over himself. This time he,l7> (to be) very
quiet in there. When the photographer (to come) out at last he
(,9) (to look) very grave and001 (to shake) his head.
“The face011 (to be) quite wrong”, he 02> (to say).
“I ,n> (to know)”, I 041 (to answer) quietly. “I always 05> (to
know) it”.
He00 (to come) over and 07> (to take) my head in his hands and
<2K> (to turn) it sideways as far as it (29) (to go) and then 0(0 (to
stand) looking at it.
“1 0” (not to like) the head”, he 021 (to say).
Cha pie- 6 Sequence of Tenses
126 Then he<B) (to go) back to the machine and *14) (to take) another
look.
“Open the mouth a little”, he,W) (to say). 11361 (to start) to do so.
“Close it”, he<37> (to add) quickly.
Then he(to look) again.
“The cars ,J9> (to be) bad”, he <40’ (to say). “Pul the hands on
the knees, please, and turn the face just a little upward. Yes, that
<4I> (to be) belter... 1 still1421 (not to like) the face, it,41> (to be) just
a little too full, but —“
11441 (to turn) round on the stool.
“Stop”, I ,45'(to say) with emotion. “This face (46’ (to be) my
face. It<47) (not to be) yours, il,4!h (to be) mine. I<49( (lo know) il
(5I>> (not to make) for me but il,sn (to be) my face, the only one I
*52’ (to have). And this(5,F (to be) my mouth, not yours. These ears
(to be) mine, and if your machine (5j/ (to be) loo narrow —”
Here 1<56> (to start) to rise from my scat.
Snick! The photograph 4571 (to take).
“Let me sec the picture”, I w (to say).
“Oh, there 091 (to be) nothing to sec yet”, he ,60) (to say). “I
(6l> (to have) lo develop the negative first. Come back on Saturday
and 1<62) (to let) you see a proof of it”.
On Saturday I(lo go) back.
The photographer(64> (to unfold) the proof of a large photograph,
and we both46S> (to look) at it.
“Il“*> (to be) me?” I 4674 (to ask).
“Yes”, he (6!0 (to say) quietly, “il(lo be) you”, and (to
go) on looking at it.
“The eyes”, I <7,) (lo say) “(72) (not to look) very much like
mine”.
“Oh, no”, he ,73> (to answer), “I(74> (to retouch) them. They
p5> (to come) out splendidly, haven't they?”
“What about the mouth?”<76) (to say) I. “That<77) (lo be) mine?”
“It •7I’> (to change) a little”, he (79> (to say). “Yours (to be)
too low. I<R,) (to find) 1(82) (cannot) use it”.
“The ears, though”, I(lo say), “<M| (to be) just mine”.
“Yes”, '*5) (to say) the photographer thoughtfully, “that (to
be) so but I <я?) (can) change lhem all right. We <KX) (to have)
a process now — ”
“Listen!” I (S9) (to slop) him. “Listen! I<9ih (to come) here for
a photograph — a picture — something which49,) (to Icj^k) like me.
I(to want) something that my friends 193> (may) keep after my
127
death. It<94) (to seem) that I ,9S) (to mistake). What I ,%) (to want)
no longer(97) (to do). Go on, then, with your work. Take your
negative, or whatever it <9X‘ (to be) you (99’ (to call) it — take away
the eyes, correct the mouth, change the face... Then when you
(UKh (to do) all that — keep it for yourself and your friends”.
I (to turn) and ,!l>2' (to leave).
Check your undemanding of (he text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
I) The photograph was taken at once.
2) The photographer liked his client's face.
3) The author was fully satisfied with his photograph.
4) The author did not recognize himself in the photograph.
Ex.83. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive or
active tense. Turn the text into reported speech using appropriate
introductory verbs. Use Appendix IX.
AN INCIDENT AT WATERLOO
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
We<h (to get) to Waterloo at eleven and <2> (to ask) where the
eleven-five U) (to start) from. Of course nobody(4' (to know); nobody
at Waterloo ever (to know) where a train(to be) going to start
from, or where a train ,7) (to go) to, or anything about it. The
porter who <8> (to take) our things,9) (to think) it<l<h (to go) from
number two platform, while another porter whom he "n (to discuss)
the question with, "2‘ (to hear) a rumour that it(,л’ (to go) from
number one. The station master, on the other hand, °4* (to be)
convinced it<b’ (to start) from the local.
To put an end to the matter, we '1,0 (to go) upstairs, and (to
ask) the traffic superintendent, and he <l8) (to tell) us that he just
<l9> (to meet) a man who (to say) he ,2U (to sec) it at number
three platform. We (22' (to go) to number three platform but the
authorities there <23> (to say) that they rather<24) (to think) that
train<25> (to be) the Southampton express, or else the Windsor loop.
But (hey<26) (to be) sure it ,27‘ (not to be) the Kingston train, though
why they l2H) (to be) sure it *29’ (not to be) they 1>Ji (cannot) say.
Then our porter00 (to say) he 021 (to think) that it<U) (must)
be on the high-level platform; he °4' (to say) he °5' (to think) he
(b) (to knew) the train. So we (V> (to go) to the high-level platform
Practice
128
Chapter 6. Sequence o; Tenses
and (to see) the engine-driver and 'W) (to ask) him if he(40’ (to
go) to Kingston. He <4,,(to say) he t42‘ (cannot) say for certain, of
course, but that he rather<43) (to think) he (44' (to go). Anyhow, if
he (4S> (not to be) the 11.50 for Kingston he (46> (to say) he (47) (to
be) pretty confident he <48) (to be) the 9.32 for Virginia Water, or
the 10 a.m. express for the Isle of Wight, or somewhere in that
direction, and we all<49) (to know) when wc '5n> (to get) there. Wc
<5,) (to slip) half-a-crown into his hand and ,52> (to beg) him to be
the 11.50 for Kingston.
“Nobody ever031 (to know) on this line”, we<S4) (to say), “what
you <5$) (to be) or where you (56> (to go). You ,57> (to know) the
way; you<5,4) (to slip) off quietly and (S9> (to go) to Kingston”.
“Well, I<60> (not to know), gents”,<6,) (to reply) the noble fellow,
“but I <62’ (to suppose) some train<63' (to have) to go to Kingston;
and 1’M) (to do) it".
Thus we (to get) to Kingston by the London and South-
Western Railway. Wc (to learn), afterwards, that the train we
(67) (to come) by,fcis> (to be) really the Exeter mail, and that they
•69) (spend) hours at Waterloo, looking for it, and nobody (TO) (to
know) what<7,) (to become) of it.
Check your understanding of the text. Say whether these statements
are true or false.
1) Everybody at Waterloo wanted to help the three men.
2) They were given rather controversial information.
3) They spent lots of time in search of the eleven-five train.
4) The engine-driver knew it for sure where his train was going.
5) Under no circumstances did he agree to go to Kingston.
6) They got to Kingston by the Exeter mail train.
7) Nobody looked for the missing train at Waterloo.
Ex.84. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Mind the
sequence of tenses.
HOW WE KEPT MOTHER'S DAY
(after Stephen Leacock)
I
Of all the different ideas that(,) (to start) lately. I thjpk that the
best (2‘ (to be) the one of celebrating Mother's Day every year.
Prc.ciice
I <J> (not to wonder) that May the eleventh (to become) such | >29
a popular date all over America, in a big family like ours.
We i$’ (to think) it a fine idea.
We <6‘ (to decide) that we (to make) Mother’s Day a great
day, a holiday for all the family, and *** (to do) everything we
<9' (can) to make Mother happy. Father (to decide) to take
a holiday from his office so as to help in celebrating the day, my
sister Ann and 1•“> (to stay) home from college, and Mary and my
brother Will<l2) (to stay) home from high school.
Il<u> (to be) our plan to make it a day like Christmas or any big
holiday, and so we<l4) (to decide) to decorate the house with flowers
and ail that kind of things. We <l5> (to get) Mother to do the
decorations, because she always<u>l (to do) it at Christmas.
We <l7> (to decide) that we (,8> (to get) a motor-car and <l9) (to
take) Mother for a beautiful drive into the country because she
<20> (to be) busy in the house nearly all the time.
П
So we l2h (to gel) everything ready for the trip, and we (2ft (lo
get) Mother lo make up a sori of lunch in case we <23> (lo get)
hungry', though of course we 1241 (to plan) to come back home again
to a big dinner in the middle of the day, just like Christmas or New
Year's Day. Mother,25) (lo pack) il all up for us ready lo put in the
car.
Well, when the car,26’ (to come) to the door it ,27> (to turn) out
that il(2B) (to be) much smaller than we *2” (lo ihink) and it<30) (lo
be) clear that we(3h (cannot) all get in.
Father 1321 (to say) that he <33) (can) just stay al home, and that
he ,34> (to be) sure that he °5’ (can) spend the time working in the
garden, he d6> (to want) us to go and be happy and have a good day.
Bui of course we all (37‘ (lo feel) lhal it never <JW (lo do) lo let
Father slay at home, especially as we ,39’ (to know) he l*“ (not to
be) happy if he <u> (lo do). The two girls, Ann and Mary,{42) (to
prepare) to stay and gel dinner ready. They both <43> (to say) that
Mother ,44) (to have) only to say a word and they gladly <4-} (to
stay) at home and ,4Ъ* (to work). Will and 1 (47> (cannot) help in
getting dinner ready.
So in the end it ,4'M (to decide) that Mother,49) (to stay) at home
and °0’ (to have) a lovely reslful day round the house, and (to
get) the dinner ready. The weather ,$2’ (lo be) just a little c6id,
5 В В Бондарева
’30 though it 031 (to be) sunny, and Father04* (to be) rather afraid that
Chopler 6. Sequence of Tenses
Mother051 (may) catch cold if she <S6‘ (to come).
Ill
So we all071 (to drive) away with three cheers for Mother, and
Mother081 (to stand) and 09* (to watch) us from the veranda for as
long as she (W* (can) see us.
Well, — we 00 (to have) the loveliest day up among the hills.
Father,e2> (to catch) a lot of big fish and Will and I<63* (to fish) too,
though wc <64* (not to get) so many as Father, and the two girls
<65) (to meet) a lot of people that they<b61 (to know) and071 (to talk)
to, and so wc all(6*’ (to have) a splendid time.
It<W) (to be) quite late when we <70‘ (to get) back, nearly seven
o’clock in the evening, but Mother'70 (to guess) that we ,72> (to be)
late so she ’73‘ (to make) dinner later so as to have it just nicely
ready and hot for us.
The dinner(74* (to last) a long time, and Mother(75) (to have) to
get up and down a lot during the meal bringing things and taking
them away, and when it (7h| (to be) over all of us ,77) (to want) to
help clear the things up and wash the dishes, but Mother<78> (to
p say) that she rather<79> (to do) it herself and so we <80* (to let) her
, just for once to please her.
It 00 (to be) quite late when it02’ (to be) over, and we all 031 (to
kiss) Mother before going to bed, she'M* (to say) it 051 (to be) the
most wonderful day in her life and I<!<6) (to think) there <87) (to be)
tears in her eyes.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) When is Mother’s Day celebrated in America?
2) How did the family decide to celebrate this day?
3) What did they do to make Mother really happy?
4) Why did not they take Mother for a drive into the country?
5) What did the family enjoy doing up among the hills?
6) When did they get back?
7) Did Mother expect them to come so late?
8) Do you think Mother really enjoyed her holiday?
9) Why do you think there were tears in her eyes?
A
Ex.85. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the | 131
text into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs. Use
Appendix IX.
Practice
A WEEK'S VOYAGE
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
A fellow I knew <n (to go) for a week’s voyage round the coast,
and before they,2‘ (to start) the steward °* (to come) to him and to
ask whether he (4> (to pay) for each meal as he ,5) (to have) it or
(to arrange) beforehand the whole series.
The steward ,7’ (to recommend) the latter course, as it (to
come) so much cheaper. He(9> (to say) they<lft) (to do) him for the
whole week at two-pounds-onc. He<,n (to say) for breakfast there
”2‘ (to be) fish, followed by grill. Lunch (l5) (to be) at one, and
4,41 (to consist) of four courses. Dinner4,54 (to be) at six — soup,
fish, entree, poultry, salad, sweets, cheese, and dessert. And a light
meat supper at ten.
My friend (to be) a hearty cater and he °” (to agree).
Lunch 4f8> (to come) just as they n9) (to be) off Sheerness. He
<20> (not to feel) as hungry as he (2h (to think) he ,22)(to feel), and
so 4234 (to content) himself with a bit of boiled beef, and some
strawberries and cream.
At six they l24) (to come) and 4251 (to tell) him dinner426) (to be)
ready. The announcement 427) (to arouse) no enthusiasm within
him, but he 42S> (to feel) that there 4294 (to be) some of that two-
pounds-five to be worked off, and he4104 (to hold) on to ropes and
43,1 (to go) down. /X pleasant odour of onions and hot ham mingled
with fried fish and greens (32) (to greet) him at the bottom of the
ladder; and then the steward 4334 (to come) up with an oily smile
and 4344 (to say),
“What(can) I get you, sir?”
“Get me out of this",(36> (to be) the reply.
For the next four days he °7> (to live) a simple life on thin
captain’s biscuits (I<J8> (to mean) that the biscuits(to be) thin
not the captain) and soda-water; but towards Saturday he <+,) (to
go) in for weak tea and dry toast, and on Monday he<4n (to gorge)
himself on chicken broth. He (42> (to leave) the ship on Tuesday,
and as it<43) (to steam) away from the landing-stage he(44) (to gaze)
after it regretfully.
132
Chapter 6 Sequence ol Tenses
“There she (45’ (to go)", he (46J (io say), “with two pounds'
worth of food on board that(47j (to belong) to me and that l ич* (not
to have)”. - •
He ,49’ (to say) that if they ,5<” (to give) him another day he
<5h (to think) he ,52) (can) have liked it.
Answer the questions on the text.
l)Why did the steward recommend to pay for the meals
beforehand?
2) How much did the whole week cost?
3) How many meals a day did they oiler?
4) What was the most substantial meal of the day?
5) Why do you think the man could not have any meal?
6) Do you think he enjoyed the trip? Why/why not?
В английском языке выделяют четыре типа условных пред-
ложений.
I) Условные предложения нулевого типа выражают общеиз-
вестные факты, обычно относящиеся к настоящему времени:
e.g. If you interrupt people, they get angry.
В условных предложениях этого типа, и в главном и в при-
даточном предложениях употребляется Present Indefinite.
2) Условные предложения I типа выражают реальные, осу-
ществимые условия, обычно относящиеся к будущему или на-
стоящему времени:
e.g, if anybody asks for me, I’ll be in the canteen.
В условных предложениях I типа, относящихся к будущему,
в придаточном предложении после союза if глаюл ставигся в
Present Indcfiniie/Present Continuous/Present Perfect/Present
Perfect Continuous, а в главном предложении употребляется
Future Indefinite или повелительное наклонение:
e.g. If the computers work today, we II send our e-mail.
if he contes. fell him to call me.
3) Условные предложения II типа выражают маловероятные
и нереальные условия, относящиеся к настоящему или буду-
щему времени:
e.g. If you went to work by helicopter, how long would it take?
134
Chapter 7. Conditionals
В условных предложениях II типа в придаточном предло-
жении употребляется Past Indefinite/Past Continuous, а в глав-
ном предложении — would (could, might) + инфинитив.
e.g. If I won a lottery, I would buy a yacht and a plane.
Необходимо помнить, что глагол to be в условном прида-
точном предложении II типа часто употребляется в форме мно-
жественного числа.
e.g. If I were you I would go to the doctor at once.
4) Условные предложения П1 типа выражают условия, не
реализованные в прошлом, а поэтому совершенно невыполни-
мые.
e.g. If I had had time yesterday, I would have gone to the concert,
hut I was busy.
В условных предложениях III типа в придаточном предло-
жении употребляется Past Perfect/Past Perfect Continuous, а в
главном — would (could, night) + перфектный инфинитив.
e.g. If it hadn ’t rained last Sunday, we would have gone to the
country.
Придаточные предложения вводятся союзом if. если гово-
рящий хочет подчеркнуть, что может что-то случиться, и со-
юзом when, если говорящий уверен, чго это случится навер-
няка. Можно также использовать союзы:
unless providing/provided that
on condition that what if
otherwise/if not but for
in case of/in the event of
и т.д.
so/as long as
suppose/supposing
even if
e.g. Unless you help me, I won't finish on time.
Supposing you were fired, what would you do?
But for your advice, I wo и Id n’t have been able to solve my
problem.
• В придаточных условных предложениях могут исполь-
зоваться глаголы will/would/should дтя выражения вежливой
просьбы или неуверенности.
e.g. If you will wait a minute, Mr. Carrington will be able to see
you. (—Please, wait)
If Pau! should turn up, tell him to wait for me. (-Probably,
he will turn up)
• Вместо союза if в условных придаточных предложениях
может использоваться инверсия (характерно для письменной
речи).
e.g. Were he more careful, he would make fewer mistakes.
Should he fail to be re-elected, it would be a great disap-
pointment for him.
Had she been asked, she would have given her permission.
• Если придаточное предложение предшествует главному,
то оно отделяется запятой; если же придаточное предложение
следует за главным, то запятая не употребляется.
e.g. If I won the money, I would buy a car.
I would buy a car if I won the money.
Распределение форм глаголов
в условных предложениях
Type of clause If-clause Main clause
Type 0 (universal truth) Present Indefinite e.g. If it rains. Present Indefinite the roads get slippery and dangerous.
Type 1 (real or probable situations in the present or future) Present Indefinite/ Present Continuous/ Present Perfect/ Present Perfect Continuous । e.g. if we work hard. Future Indefinite/ imperative we 'll finish the project on time.
Type 11 Imaginary situations unlikely to happen in the present or future Past Indefinite/Past Continuous e.g. If / didn’t have to work such long hours. Would Infinitive I wouldn't be 50 tired.
Type III Imagmary situations contrary' to the facts in the рам Past Perfect/ Past Perfect Continuous eg If I had been more careful. Would ♦ Perfect Infinitive / wouldn’t have made such a big mistake.
Theory
136
Cbopier 7 Conpi’ionais
Ex.86. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
Dramatize the dialogue.
IF I WERE...
- If I<h (to be) you I a’ (not to sec) too much of young Brown.
— Why shouldn’t 1, Dad? What(to be) wrong with him?
— Well, Kate, if you (to be) older you <5' (to understand).
— And if you (to be) younger, perhaps you <7> (to like) him.
- You just,R) (to start) a new job. If I (to be) in your place,
1 no> (to be) very careful in choosing friends.
— If you(H| (to be) in my place you,,2> (not to choose) differently.
— Young people °5' (not to be) what they<H> (to use) to be. If I
”5> (to be) Minister of Education I,,<H (to do) something about it.
— if I <l7‘ (to be) Queen I t,8) (to have) a young Minister of
Education.
Can you think of what you would do if you were Minister of
Education ?
Ex.87. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A RAILWAY INCIDENT
An /\mcrican lady travelling in England (to get) into
a compartment in a smoking carriage where an Englishman<2) (to
smoke) a pipe. For a short time she<3) (to sit) quietly expecting that
the Englishman<4) (to stop) smoking. But when the train f3> (to be)
under way lor half an hour, she (to begin) to cough and sneeze
trying to show him that she ,7> (to object) to the smoke. At last,
seeing that all her efforts(8) (to fail) to attract his attention she
(9) (to address) him impatiently, “If you "0) (to be) a gentleman you
0,1 (to stop) smoking when a lady<l2> (to get) into the carriage.” —
“If you (to be) a lady,” <l4> (to reply) the Englishman, — “you
,,5> (not to get) into a smoking carriage.” — “If you <l6‘ (to be) my
husband,”<l7> (to say) the American lady angrily, — “I(to give)
you poison." The Englishman c,9‘ (to look) at her for a montent or
two. “Well,” he (to say) at last, — “if 1,2n (to be) vour husband
I (to take) it.”
Answer the questions on the text.
1) Do you think the woman was a real lady?
2) Do you think the man was a real gentleman?
3) What makes you think so?
137
Prodice
Ex.88. Use the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
AN AMERICAN TOURIST IN ENGLAND
He was an American tourist in London and he (to hire)
a guide to show him the city.
“How long it,2) (to lake) to build this house?” he(3) (to ask) his
guide as they U) (to pass) a large hotel building.
“Why. about six months”.
“Six months!” t5> (to exclaim) the American. “Why. it<6' (not to
take) us more than six weeks to put up a building like that in New
York".
They (to pass) an office building which (to be) quite new.
“And how long it<9> (to take) to build that?”
“About four weeks”,<,0) (to answer) the guide.
“Four weeks!” (,h (to say) the American. “In New York we
(,2) (to build) a place like that in four days”.
Nothing moretl3) (to say) until they{,4> (to approach) the Houses
of Parliament.
“Well, that(to be) not a bad-looking place. How long it!,6> (to
take) to build it?”
“Well, you "7| (not to believe) me”,m) (to answer) the guide,
“but that building <l9-' (not to be) there when 1 <20) (to cross) the
bridge last night”.
Ex.89 (a). Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn
the dialogue into reported speech using appropriate introductory verb.
AN UNPLEASANT EVENING
Harr y: Wc (to be) awfully late if that number 12 bus
U) (not to come) soon... Let’s stand in the doorway out of the wind.
Nora: All right, but we must be careful not to miss the bus...
How you ,3) (to enjoy) the film?
Harry:! never(4’ (to go) if I<5) (to know) it<6) (to be) going to
be so silly.
Chopie' 7 Conddionols
Nora: Why, what,7) (to be) silly about it?
Harry: The whole story (to be) absurd. No sane people
,9> (to act) as they '‘O’ (to do). I wish we "° (not to stay) to the very
end. Such a waste of time and money.
N о r a: 1 wish you<l2) (to stop) grumbling. It 031 (not to be) so
bad at all.
Harr y: Yes, it <M) (to be). And you ,,$) (to know) it as well as
I<l6' (to do). I wish the acting 1,71 (to be) better too.
N о r a: I (to think) 1 1l9' (to have) a point there. I (20> (to
enjoy) it much more if some of the popular actors<2l> (to be) in il.
Harr y: .And I<22) (to enjoy) it more if we,23) (not to go) at all.
Nora: And I<24> (to enjoy) it more if you (25} (not to be) so
rude to that woman in front.
Harr y: Well. I<2t” (not to be) rude to her if she <27) (to stop)
chattering when Il28’ (to ask) her.
N о r a: I wish you <29’ (to behave) better in public places.
I ( а г г у: I ,M‘ (to behave) better! I 00 (to like) that! Why, if that
woman had... (Sound of a bus starting up). But look, isn’t that
a No. 12 bus just going?
Nora: Yes, it<32) (to be), and we{n> (lo miss) il after all. We
(-M' (lo see) that bus, Harry, if you <3i‘ (not to be) so busy quarrelling.
ГН а г г у: Really, Nora, I *36) (to think) il,37) (to be) much better
if I <3M) (to stay) at home tonight and <39) (to let) you go to the
cinema alone.
Answer the questions.
1) Did Harry enjoy the film? Why?
2) Why was Harrs’ rude to the woman inside?
3) Why did they miss the bus?
Ex. 89 (b). Make up your own sentences according to the model.
Mode 1. Harry went to see the film. He didn’t know it was
going to be so silly. — Harry would not have gone to see the film if
he had known it was going to be so silly.
I. Harry was rude to the woman in front. She was chattering all
the time. *
2. Nora was angry with Harry. He did not know how to behave
in public places.
'39
3. Harry and Nora missed the bus. They were busy quarrelling.
4. Harry was grumbling. He was annoyed by that silly film.
5. They were standing in the doorway. They were trying to keep
out of the wind.
6. They were late home. They had missed their bus.
Proct ice
Ex.90. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form. Turn the
dialogue into reported speech using appropriate introductory' verbs.
A DRIVING LESSON
Philip: What you 01 (to try) to do?
E v e: Il2> (to be) going to overtake that car.
Philip: Stop! Brake, for goodness' sake!
E v e: 1(J) (cannot).
Philip: Mind that tree! Brake!.. There!
C-R-A-S-H!
Eve: Oh, dear!
Philip: Now look, what you(to do)! Good Lord!
E v e: I<5> (not to do) anything. I wish you (t>> (to stop) shouting.
If you (7) (to leave) me alone. I w (to be) perfectly all right.
Philip: Oh, give me patience. If you (9> (to go) straight on.
you ,w> (to run) into that lorry instead of just a tree.
Eve: No, 1 wouldn’t. I(,h (not to run) into anything. If you
,,2> (nor to shout) and <l3) (to make) me nervous I (can) have
passed him quite easily.
Philip: Why on earth you ,,5) (to ask) me to teach you?
Eve:! (not to ask). You f,7‘ (to say) it(to be) cheaper
than going to a driving school, and you (,9> (to promise) you<20) (to
be) patient.
Philip:! wish 1,2I> (can) be. But there (22} (to be) a limit to
anyone's patience. I wish I never<23) (to agree) to leach you. 1 never
<24> (to do) that if 1 (25) (to know) how bad you <26> (to be).
E v e: I(27> (cannot) be very good because I(2Я) (to be) new at it.
I wish you(29> (to be) more understanding.
Philip: That's what I<30> (to try) to be. But I do wish yoiH
00 (to pass) your driving test before the car<32) (ruin) completely.
140
Chapter 7. Conditionals
Answer the questions.
I) What was Eve trying to do?
2) What did Philip order her io do?
3) Did she run into a lorry or a tree?
4) Why was Philip teaching her to drive?
5) Why wasn’t Philip patient as he had promised he would be?
6) What final wish did Philip express?
Ex. 91. Pul the verbs in brackets into (he correct tense. Turn the
text into reported speech using appropriate introductory verbs.
OSCAR WANTS TO KNOW
(after Mike Quin)
1
Mr. J. Fungus Finklebottom,n (to sink) into his favourite arm-
chair and<2> (to open) his evening paper.
“Papa”,(3) (to say) little Oscar Finklebottom, “what opportunity
(to mean)?"
“Go and play with your electric train”, <5) (to say) Mr. Fin-
klebottom. “Don’t bother me”.
“Answer the child”,,6) (to say) Mrs. Finklebottom.
“Papa”,l7) (to say) Oscar, “what (to be) opportunity?”
“Opportunity(to be) a chance to make some money. Now go
out and play”,(,0> (to say) Mr. Finklebottom.
“Papa, how you 00 (to make) money?” (l2) (to ask) Oscar.
“Answer him”. ,,3) (to say) Mrs. Finklebottom. “The child
°"* (to want) to learn”.
“You (,5) (to make) money by going into business”,<l6> (to say)
Mr. Finklebottom still continuing to read his paper.
“Papa,(can) everybody go into business?”
“Certainly everybody,,s> (can) go into business”.
“Suppose, everybody <l9> (to go) into business, they all<20) (to
be) businessmen?”
“Yes, son, if they all(to go) into business they all<22> (to be)
businessmen”.
“Then who<r” (to do) the work. Papa?”
“Amelia, tell the child to go and play with his toys. 1,24' (g>try)
to read the newspaper”.
14|
“Answer him”,<25> (lo say) Mrs. Finkleboltom. “He,?ft* (io warn)
io learn”.
“Who1271 (io do) the work. Papa?”(lo repeat) Oscar.
“Everybody (29> (cannot) go into business”, ,w’ (to say)
Mr. Finklcbottom. “It(to be) impossible”.
“But you 021 (to say) they <n' (can)”,|U> (to insist) Oscar.
“I '-s' (to say) nothing of the kind”,,26) (to say) Mr. Finkleboltom.
“Yes, you U7‘ (to do)”,(to say) Mrs. Finklcbottom. “Answer
the child”.
“All right then, they °9’ (cannot)”.
“Why ‘w‘ (cannot) they, Papa?”
“Because they(4h (not lo have) money”.
“if they |42> (to have) money,(43) (can) they?”
“Certainly”.
“Then if they all(44’ (to have) money and they all(45) (to go) into
business, they all,46> (to be) businessmen?”
“Yes, they all1471 (to be) businessmen”.
“And who,4K> (lo do) the work. Papa?”
z 11
“Amelia, if vou ,49> (not to tell) this child lo ride the bicvcle
I‘»’/o kill) him”.
"Answer him, Fungus. He (5h (to thirst) for knowledge”.
Z“Who1521 (to do) lhe work, Papa?” (to ask) Oscar.
“They ,M’ (cannot) all be businessmen”, l55) (to say) Mr. Fin-
kkbotiom.
Proclice
“Not even if they ,56‘ (to have) money?” <57) (to ask) Oscar.
“Not even if they (to have) money”, ,S9) (lo say) Mr. Fin-
klebottom. “Somebody<60> (to have) to do the work. Besides, there
<6i' (to be) a limit to how' many men (62) (can) be businessmen”.
“How many people(can) be businessmen. Papa?”
“Well, one in a thousand, maybe. One in five hundred. Something
like that. You see, son, you l64> (cannot) be a businessman if you
<65> (not to have) workers. So every businessman (to have) from
ten to a hundred or a thousand workers”.
“How many workers you (to have). Papa?”
“Well, we (to be) a big company. We (to have) 10,000”.
“Then most of the people ,7u) (not to have) any opportunity, do
they. Papa?”
“W'hat you ,7,) (to talk) about? In America every man <72,*fto
have) equal opportunity”. .
142
Chopter 7 Condlionols
“But, Papa, if only a few men <73’ (can) ever be businessmen,
what the rest ,74‘ (to be) going to do?”
“They <7S) (can) be businessmen, loo, if they <76) (to show) the
initiative”.
“ But you17’’ (to say) only a few of them ‘78’ (can). Most of them
'70) (to have) to be workers”.
“That<80> (to be) right. Now run along, son. Go and read your
book”.
“Then most of the people <xn (to be) workers and always
(to be) workers and (W’ (cannot) be businessmen even if they
(to want) to. could they, Papa?”
“Certainly they (can). No, come to think of it. they
<S6) (cannot). Where you(to gel) these ideas, son?”
“Then if most of the people ***> (to be) workers and always
(to be) workers they ever (90) (not to be) able to make any
money, will they?”
“Well, if they r9,) (to get) enough wages — if — Amelia, it<92)
(not to be) time for this child to go to bed?”
“if most of the people (to be) workers and always<<M’ (to be)
workers the only way they<45’ (can) make more money(to be)
by getting higher wages. That(*7' (not to be) true. Papa?” <9S> (to
ask) Oscar.
“Amelia”,(to say) Mr. Finklebottom. “I °00' (cannot) believe
— but this C,OI> (not to be) a child. He ' 1 ?l (to be) a nightmare
“Answer his questions”, ',03' (to say) Mrs. Finklebottom. “The
child,hM) (to want) to know”.
Answer the questions on the text.
1) How old do you think Oscar is?
2) Why do you think he asks so many questions?
3) Is Oscar satisfied with his father’s answers?
4) Who is more logical: Oscar or his father?
5) Who is Mr. Finklebottom?
6) What is his idea of “opportunity”? Give your explanation of
the word.
7) According to Mr. Finklebottom what docs one need to have
to become a businessman? Do you agree with him? Why/ why
not?
8) Why does Mr. Finklebottom feel annoyed?
REVISION
EXERCISES
ПРОВЕРОЧНЫЕ
УПРАЖНЕНИЯ
Render the jokes
I) Мама: «Джесси, не перебивай меня. Сто раз я тебе гово-
рила не вмешиваться, когда разговаривают взрослые, а ждать
до тех пор, пока они не замолчат.»
Джесси: «А я ждала очень долго, но ты говоришь, не пере-
ставая».
2) Посетитель: «Послушайте, я только что нашел пуговицу
в тарелке с супом.»
Официант: «Спасибо, сэр. Я уже целый час ищу ее везде».
3) — 11с знаешь ли ты, что делать, если к тебе неожиданно
приходит гость, которого ты не хочешь видеть?
— Когда я слышу звонок, я надеваю шляпу и пальто. Если
это кто-то, кого я нс хочу видеть, я говорю: “Какая жалость, я
как раз собираюсь уходить.” А если это кто-то, кого .мне хоте-
лось бы видеть, я говорю: “Какая удача, я только что вошла’”
4) — Ты наблюдаешь за мной уже три часа. Почему бы тебе
нс попробовать рыбачить самому?
— У меня не хватает терпения.
5) — Почему женшина говорит, что она весь день холила
за покупками, если она ничего не купила? — спрашивает муж.
— Почему мужчина говорит, что он весь день рыбачил, если
он ничего не поймал? — отвечает жена.
6) Мама спрашивает дочь, которая читает книгу:
— Что ты читаешь, дорогая?
144
Re* sion Fxerdses
— Я не знаю, — отвечает девочка.
— Не знаешь? Но ты ведь читала вслух.
— Я читала вслух, но нс слушала, — объяснила девочка.
7) Марк Твен не любил отвечать на письма. Однажды его
друг, который долгое время ожидал ответа от писателя, послал
ему лист бумаги и марку, чтобы напомнить о письме. Через
несколько дней он получил открытку со словами: «Спасибо за
марку и бумагу. Пожалуйста, пришлите конверт. Марк Твен».
8) — Твои оценки оставляют желать лучшею. — говорит
отец сыну. — Я отдам тебе свою машину, если ты будешь
учиться лучше.
— Хорошо, я буду учиться лучше. — отвечает сын. Месяц
спустя oicu снова проверяет дневник: «Никакого прогресса?
Чем ты занимался вес это время?»
— Я учился водить машину. — отвечает сын.
9) — Что ты делаешь, Майк?
— Пишу письмо.
— А что ты делал десять минут назад?
— Я делал уроки. Может быть, ты хочешь узнать, что я
буду делать через десять минут, Бен?
— Да, Майк, чю ты будешь делать?
— Я буду бить тебя, если ты нс перестанешь задавать свои
глупые вопросы.
10) — Мама, — говорит маленькая девочка, — Вилли хочет
взять самый большой кусок торта, а я думаю, я должна его
съесть, потому что он ел торты целых два года до моего рож-
дения.
II) Кондуктор: «Нс возражаете, если я уберу вашу сумку с
дороги? Люди спотыкаются об нес».
Пассажир: «Оставьте сумку на месте. Если никто не будет
спотыкаться, я забуду се здесь».
12) Сын: «Мама, ты помнишь ту старую вазу, которая пе-
редавалась в нашей семье от поколения к поколению?»
Мама: «Да, а что с пей?»
Сын: «Ес разбило нынешнее поколение.»
13) Однажды Пит пришел из школы домой и сказал: «Се-
годня я был единственным, кто сумел ответить на вопрос yun-
теля». — «Молодей, а какой вопрос он задал?» — «Учитель
спросил, кто разбил окно в классе».
145
14) Том просит у мамы денег. «А что ты сделал с деньгами,
которые я дала тебе вчера?* — «Я отдал их старой женщине*.
— •Молодец, сынок. На, возьми сшс. А почему ты отдал ей
деньги?» — «Потому что она продавала мороженое».
15) Лондонец, который отправился в отпуск в Западную
Англию, прибыл на поезде к месту назначения и обнаружил,
что дождь льет как из ведра. Он позвал носильщика и попро-
сил его положить багаж в такси. По дороге в отель он спросил
водителя, давно ли идет дождь. Водитель ответил: «Не знаю,
сэр. Я живу здесь всего пятнадцать лет».
Render the jokes
16) Молодой человек неважно чувствовал себя и жена убе-
дила его обратиться к врачу. Врач осмотрел его, сделал не-
сколько анализов и сказан пациенту, что вызовет его, когда
анализы будут готовы. Когда через несколько дней пациент
вернулся, доктор сказал ему: «У меня для вас одна хорошая
новость и одна плохая». — «У меня был сегодня тяжелый
день. — ответил пациент. — Давайте начнем с хорошей.» —
«Ваши анализы показали, что у вас очень редкая болезнь и
вам осталось жить 24 часа». — «Что? Это ужасно’ Что может
быть хуже этого?» — воскликнул пациент.- «Я забыл позво-
нить вам вчера», — ответил доктор.
17) Было время обеда. 11осетитель вошел в ресторан и сел за
столик. Он попросил меню и сказал официанту: «Вот вам шесть
пенсов на чай; скажите, что бы вы могли порекомендовать
мне?»
Официант наклонился и прошептал: «Я порекомендовал бы
вам пойти в другой ресторан».
18) — Доктор, вы уверены, что у меня пневмония? Я од-
нажды слышал о докторе, который лечил пациента от пневмо-
нии. а он в конце концов умер от сыпного тифа.
— Не волнуйтесь, со мной этою не случится. Если я лечу
кого-то от пневмонии, он и умрет от пневмонии.
19) Маленькая девочка пришла из школы домой и пожало-
валась маме: «Мама, сегодня в школе меня наказали за то,
чего я не делала».
— Ужасно. — воскликнула мама, — Я поговорю об этом с
учительницей. Между прочим, что же это такое, чего ты не
делала?
- Домашняя работа, — ответила девочка.
20) На 6cpeiy мужчина взывает к женщине: «Мадам, ваш
ребенок закопал мою рубашку в песок!» Женщина не обраша-
146
Revis es Exeroses
ет на него ни малейшего внимания. Мужчина: «Мадам, ваш
ребенок закопал мою рубашку в песок!’’» Женщина: «Это не
мой ребенок. Мои ребенок моет вишню в вашей кепке».
Mistakes hunting
There arc fifteen mistakes in each exercise. Find and correct
them.
Ex.l.
A NAUGHTY BOY
One day the old gentleman was walking along the street. He has
seen a little boy near a door of the house. A boy was standing at the
door trying to reach the door-bell which is too high for him. The
old gentleman was a kind-hearted man so he has stopped to help
the boy. “I ring the bell for you.” he said and was pulling the bell so
hard that its ringing could hear all over the house. The little boy
looked up to him and said laughing, “Now we must run away.
Come on.” Before the old gentleman knew what happened the
naughty boy disappeared by the corner of the street. The old man
had to explain the angry owner of the house why he rang the bell.
Ex.2.
THE MOST VALUABLE AND THE MOST WORTHLESS
THING IN THE WORLD
Nasreddin sat drinking coffee and talking with some of his old
friends. One of them say. “Well, Nasreddin, you are very clever
man. What you consider the most valuable thing in world?”
Nasreddin gave a very quick answer, “I think the advice is most
valuable thing in the world”. His friends thought about it for few'
minutes and then one of them asked him, “And what you consider
most worthless thing in the world?” Again Nasreddin replied very
quickly, “I consider advice the most worthless thing in the world”.
— “Really!” said one of his friends. “Minute ago you havej>tid that
advice is the most valuable thing in the world, and now you say that
it is the most worthless? What you mean?”
“Well”, answered Nasreddin, “if you will think about it carefully
you will sec that I am quite right. When you give somebody advice
and he take it, advice is the most valuable thing in the world. But
when you give person advice and he doesn’t take it, it is the most
worthless thing in the world”. ’ •
Mistakes hunting
Ex.3;
GLAD THEY DECIDED NOT TO CHOOSE IT
A merry young man who earned his living as drummer in
a band, just married and he and his wife were looking at somewhere
to live. They saw lot of places, but there was always something that
one of them does not like about the places. At last, however they
found a house which both of them really liked. But they cannot
decide whether they should take one of the ground-floor flats or
one of the upstairs ones.
At last they decided to an upstairs one - not too low down and
not too high up — and moved in. After they bought a furniture,
carpets and all other things they needed to set up house, they gave
big party to celebrate their setting.
It was a merry and noisy рапу, as all the young man’s friends
from a band came and played their instruments. The guests danced, л
sang and practiced on the dntms. After a time the telephone was
ringing. The young man's w'ifc went into the hall to answer it. Then
she came back with happy smile on her face and said to her husband,
“That was the man who just moved into the flat that is under ours.
1 am so glad we decide not to choose it. He says it is terribly noisy
down there”.
Ex.4.
THE DOCTOR'S HELP
There was a bookseller in a small town who does not like to
spend his money. One day a big box of books was falling down and
hurt his foot.
“Go to the doctor”, said his wife, “and show that foot to him”.
— “No”, he said, “1 wait until the doctor will come into the shop
next time. Then I’ll ask him what to do about my foot. If I will go
to see him, I will have pay him”.
148
Revision Exercises
The next day the doctor came into the shop and buy some
books. After the bookseller was wrapping up the books, he told the
doctor about his bad foot. The doctor looked after it.
“Yes”, said the doctor. “You must put a foot in a hot water
every night. Then you must put some ointment on it”.
He took out a piece of paper and wrote a prescription on it.
“Buy this and pul it on the fool before you will go the bed every
night”, he said. “Thank you”, said the bookseller. “And now. sir,
here are your books”.
“How much?” said the doctor.
“Two pounds”.
“Good”, said the doctor. “I won’t need pay you anything”.
“Why not?” asked the bookseller in surprise.
“You asked me to look al you fool. I did so and wrote out
a prescription. If people come to my house, I ask them to pay one
pound for a small thing like that. But when 1 go to their houses, 1
want two pounds. And I came here, don't 1?”
Ex.5.
HE UNDERSTOOD!
Two Americans was travelling in Spain. One morning they entered
little restaurant for the lunch. They did noi know the Spanish and
the waiter did not know the English. So they tried to make him
understand that they want a milk and sandwiches.
At first they pronounced the word “milk” many times. Then
they spelled it. Bui the waiter still could not understand. At last one
of them had taken a piece of paper and begin to draw a cow. He was
just finishing his drawing, when lhe waiter looked at it and ran out
the restaurant.
“You see”, said the traveller who drew the cow. “what a pencil
must do for a man who has difficulties in the foreign country”.
In some time the waiter was back, but he brought no milk. He
put down in front of two men two tickets for a bull-fight!
Ex.6.
A MUSHROOM
A Frenchman was travelling in England. He cannot speak English
at all. He knew only few English words and it was difficult for him
to make himself understood. One day he came to a country' inn. He 149
felt hungry and decided to have the lunch there. He wanted to
order some mushrooms which he likes very much. So he call the
waiter and spoke to him in the French. A waiter could not understand
single word. g
What was a Frenchman do? 2.
At last he had good idea. “If I will show him a picture of «
a mushroom, he will understand what 1 want'’, he said to himself.
So he took piece of paper and a pencil and drew a picture of
a mushroom. The waiter looked al it and ran out of the room. Few
minutes later the waiter returned with an umbrella, for this was
how he understood the picture.
Ex.7.
TWO FRIENDS
Two friends went to a trip to London. In London they went into
a restaurant for a dinner. On a table stood a jar of a mustard. Not
having seeing the mustard before, one of them look big spoonful
into his mouth. The tears immediately filled his eyes. His friend
asked him what he is crying about. “1 am crying at a thought of
a death of my unfortunate father who hanged twenty years ago”,
the man answered.
They continued eating and soon the other traveller also took big dose
of mustard. As soon as he did so. teats ran down his cheeks too. “What
do you cry about?" asked his friend. *'Oh. 1 cry because you was not
hanged many years ago with your р<юг father”, was the answer.
Ex.8.
A MISTAKE
A train stopped at the French border station. Passengers had
opened their suit-cases and waited the inspection of their things.
One of passengers of a first-class carriage took many boxes of
cigarettes of his suit-case and wanted to put all them into his pockets.
When his pockets were already full of cigarettes and he cannot
put anymore boxes into them, he said another passenger who sat
the window, “Will you please lake some of these boxes and put
them into your pockets?"
ISO:
Rev«s:on Exercises
“Why don't you leave them in your suit-case?" asked other
passenger.
“You see. I am afraid the inspectors", said the man.
“Give them to inc. But I must to tell you now that I do not
return them to you”, said a passenger at the window.
“Why so?" asked the man.
“Because 1 am an inspector of the French Customs", answered
the passenger at the window.
Ex.9.
IN THE TRAIN
The talkative passenger asked a lady who was in a same
compartment. “Have you any family, madam?"
“Yes, sir, one son", she answered.
“Indeed! Is he smoking?" he continued to ask.
“No, sir, he never touched cigarette", she said.
“So much the better, madam. The tobacco is poison. Does he
belong lo the club?" asked a passenger.
“He never set foot in one", she answered.
“Then I congratulate you. Does he come to home late at the
night?" he asked again.
“Never. He always goes to the bed directly after the dinner", she
said.
“He is model young man, madam. How old he is?" asked the
passenger.
“Ten months today", was the answer.
Ex. 10.
COFFEE AND TEA
The coflee and the tea are not known in Europe two hundred
years ago. People were afraid to drink them because they thought
coffee and tea can kill a person. Once a king of Sweden decided to
find out whether it is true or not.
At that lime there were two brothers in the prison. They were
the (wins and were very much alike. They committed a crjme and
had been sentenced to death. The king said, “I will let them to live
but they must drink coffee or lea lo the end of their lives. One
Mijlo<e$ hunting
brother must drink coffee and other must drink tea every day". I 151
They both lived many years. At last one of brothers died when
he was eighty three years old. Other died few years later. In this
way it proved that neither tea nor coffee were harmful to man.
Ex.11.
SCOTTISH APPETITE
One day two friends were sitting in the restaurant. One of them.
Scotsman» told to his friends he will bet ten shillings that he can eat
a turkey and three pounds of sausages. Of course his friends did not
believe him. So the turkey roasted and was put before him on the
table. With the great astonishment his friends watched him eating
up a bird. And after some minutes he had also swallowed the three
pounds of sausages! So they had pay him the money.
The Scotsman finally drank some glasses of the bear and went to
home together with one of his friends. But when they arrived at the
front door of his house, the Scotsman said to his friend. "Please
don’t tell to my wife that I had eaten so much”.
“Why not?” asked his friend.
"Because she gives me no supper”.
T
Ex. 12.
THE WEATHER FORECAST
Two friends were travelling in very wild pan of America. They
saw no modern houses and no traces of civilization for many days.
What they saw was only a few huts made of the wood or tents
where Indians lived. One day they meet an old Indian who was
a hunter. He was very clever and has known everything about the
forest and the animals living in it and many other things. He could
also speak English quite well.
"Can you tell us what weather will be like during the next few
days?” one of two travellers asked him.
"Oh, yes”, he answered, “rain comes, and wind. Then there is
snow for day or two but then the sunshine comes again and the
weather is fine”.
“These old Indians seem to know more about nature thap*wc
with all our science’*, said the man to his friend. Then he turned to
an old Indian.
152 ‘’Tell me”, he asked, ‘’how you know all that?”
Revision Exerc ses
The Indian answered. “1 heard it over radio”.
Ex. 13.
WHY WAS SHE ANGRY?
A young man was in love with a beautiful girl. One day she said,
“It my birtjiday tomorrow.” — “Oh.” said the young man, “1 send
you fresh roses, one rose for each year of your life.”
The same evening he went to a florist’s. As he has known that
the girl was twenty-two years old, he had paid for twenty-two roses
and asked a florist to send them the girl the next day.
The florist knew the young man very well as he often bought
flowers in his shop before. After the young man left the shop, the
florist thought, "This young man is very good customer. I thought
that my price is too high. I send him ten more roses.”
He had done so. The next morning thirty-two roses were sending to
the girl. When the young man was coming to see her she did not want to
speak to him. And he never knew why she was so angiy on him.
Ex. 14.
A FUNNY THING
THAT HAPPENED TO GEORGE'S FATHER
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
George remembers a very funny thing that happens to his father
once.
His father was travelling with another fellow through Wales. It
was dark when they had come to a little inn. They asked for a room
with two beds. A master of the inn showed them a room and gave
them the candle because there was no lamp in that room. When
they came to the room George s father had dropped the candle. It
was very' dark. They were finding the door of the room and went in.
They took their clothes off and went to bed. A bed was very big,
and by mistake they went into the same bed. George’s father with
one side, and his friend with the other. After some time orfe of
them said. “You know, lorn, there was a man in my bed. Here is
his feet near my head.” “Yes, Joe, there is a man in my bed, too.”
153
— “Let's push them ofl our beds.” They begin to push each other
and soon two heavy bodies were falling on the floor. “Joe,” Tom
cried, “my man is stronger than I. He pushed me down on the
floor.” “I am on the floor, too,” answered Joe. “1 thought we must
go and tell the master of the inn about it.”
Mi$tckc$ hunting
Ex. 15.
THREE MEN IN A BOAT
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
I objected to a sea trip strongly. It does you good when you are
going to have couple of months of it, but, for week, it is wicked.
You stan in Monday with an idea that you are going to enjoy
yourself. You wave to the boys on shore, light your biggest pipe,
and walk about the deck as if you are Captain Cook. Sir Francis
Drake, and Christopher Columbus all rolled into one. On Tuesday,
you wish you didn't come. On Wednesday. Thursday and Friday,
you wish you are dead. On Saturday you are able lo swallow little
beef and tea, and to sit up on deck, and answer with sweet smile
when kind-hearted people ask you how you feel. On Sunday you
begin walk about again, and take a solid food. And on the Monday
morning, as, with a bag and umbrella in hand, you are waiting to
step ashore, you begin thoroughly like it.
Ex. 16.
TALKING ABOUT THE WEATHER
(after Jerome K. Jerome)
1 wanted to write about something absolutely new, something
that nobody else ever wrote or talked about before. I had spent
many days try ing to think of something of this kind and I couldn't.
When I was asking for advice they all advised me to write about
a weather. And since that time I was able to think of nothing else
but the weather.
It certainly is a very, very, very bad weather. It is so now, at the
time when I write, and if it isn't unpleasant when you read this, it
soon will be.
It always is wretched weather, according to us. In the summer
154
Revis on Exercises
we say it's too hot. in winter that it’s too cold, in spring and autumn
it is bad because it is neither hot nor cold. If it is line, we say the
country ruined because it isn't raining; if it is raining we wish for
fine weather. If December passes without snow we want to know
what have become of our good old winters; and when it is snowing
wc are again not happy. We will never happy until each man will
make his own weather, and keeps it to himself.
162
Appendices
В
IV. PHRASAL VERBS
be after 1) want, try to gain 2) chase
be against oppose
be in for expect smth (usually bad)
be off 1) not want/like any more 2) be absent (from school)
be on be shown (on TV)
be out of not have smth, lack
be over come to an end
be up 1) be awake and out of bed 2) stay awake at night 3) be wrong or unusual
break down 1) lose control of feelings 2) stop working
break into 1) enter by force 2) interrupt
break out 1) begin suddenly (of war, fire) 2) escape from a place
break up 1) stop for holidays (of school) 2) separate, split up
bring about cause to happen
bring forward suggest an idea
bring on cause (usually smth unpleasant)
bring out publish, put on the market
bring round persuade
bring up 1) raise a child 2) mention, introduce a subject
c
call back return a phone call
call for 1) need 2) demand, ask for
call off cancel
call out shout, yell
be carried away be very excited
carry off do smth successfully
carry on continue (after interruption)
carry out 1) fulfil (order, task)
163
2) conduct (an experiment)
come across meet, find by chance
come along 1) hurry up 2) appear
come by obtain
come down with become ill ж ж J ж
come into inherit
come off 1) succeed 2) leave (smth)
come over visit •Л -л-
come round 1) visit casually 2) change one’s point of view
come up 1) be mentioned 2) arise, occur
come up with find, think of (a solution)
cut down 1) cause to fall by cutting 2) reduce smth
cut into interrupt
cut off 1) disconnect 2) isolate
cut out lake out, omit
be cut out for be suited for (a profession)
D
do away with
do with
do without
draw in
draw up
fall apart
fall back on
fall behind
fall for
I) abolish
2) murder
want, need
live/continue without having smb/smth
I) slow down to slop
2) attract people
1) slop (of a vehicle)
2) write smth (a will/а contract)
1) break into pieces
2) end in failure
turn to smb/smth for help when other
plans have failed
I) fail to keep up with
2) be late (with payment)
1) be deceived
2) fall in love with smb
Appendix IV Phro$al verbs
6*
Appendices
fall in with fall out gel across get along (with) । Ret at get away from get away with get by get down to get off get on get on with * get over Г get round get round to get through get to give away give in give out t give up go ahead go along agree with quarrel communicate ideas, become understood be on friendly terms 1) reach, find 2) imply avoid 1) escape punishment for wrongdoing 2) escape capture with stolen goods survive despite difficulties stan doing smth seriously 1) avoid punishment 2) stan a journey 1) advance, make progress 2) become late 3) have a friendly relationship with 1) be on good terms with 2) continue after an interruption 1) recover 2) overcome spread (news) find the necessary lime to do smth 1) finish (a piece of work) 2) survive through difficult times 3) use up all of smth (supplies, money) 4) reach smb by telephone have an effect on smb's feelings 1) reveal smth, betray 2) lose or waste 1) surrender 2) hand in 1) come to an end 2) distribute, hand out 1) stop/abandon an attempt, habit 2) surrender, offer oneself as a prisoner 3) slop doing or having smth continue advance, make progress
go along with
go back
go back on
go by
go down
go down with
go in for
go into
go on
go out
go over
go round
go through
go through with
go up
go without
I) agree with smb/smth
2) advance with smth
date back to
break a promise or agreement
1) pass (of time)
2) (of a chance) let it pass without taking it
I) be reduced
2) set (of the sun, moon)
become ill
take pan in (competition)
investigate thoroughly
1) happen
2) make progress
3) be turned on
stop burning
I) examine details
2) repeat
1) be enough for everyone to share
2) visit, look around
3) spread, circulate (of news, disease)
I) examine carefully, go over
2) spend (money, food)
3) experience
complete smth in spile of opposition
rise (in price), increase
do without
Appendix IV Phrasol verbs
H
hold back 1) control (tears, laughter)
2) delay
3) keep secret
4) be reluctant to act
hold in restrain, keep under control
hold on to wait (esp. on the phone)
hold out 1) persist
2) last
hold up 1) delay
2) use violence in order to rob
3) last
Append <es
keep away from keep back keep behind keep (oneself) from keep off keep on keep out of keep up keep up with L let down let off let out look after look down on look for look forward to look into look on look on/upon look out for look over look round look through look up look up to stay away conceal make smb remain after others have left 1) prevent from 2) avoid 1) make smb stay away from 2) avoid (food, habit) 1) continue in spite of difficulties 2) continue doing smth stay away from (trouble) 1) maintain smth at the same level 2) keep smb out of bed 3) keep smth in good condition 1) proceed at an equal pace with 2) continue to be informed (news, events) 1) lengthen (of clothes) 2) disappoint 1) not punish 2) make smth explode (fireworks) 1) make wider (of clothes) 2) say smth (a secret) unintentionally take care of have a bad opinion of smb, disapprove of smb/smth search for anticipate (with pleasure) investigate watch (instead of doing smth) regard as, consider be alert in order to see/find smb/smth 1) examine carefully, go through 2) revise briefly and quickly examine (an area, place) 1) look at quickly 2) study smth carefully 1) look for smth (an address) in a book or list 2) visit smb (specially smb living far artay) respect
м
167
make for make off make out move in the direction of run away, escape 1) sec smb/smth clearly 2) understand 3) write out *
make smth up to smb make up compensate smb for smth 1) invent (a story', an excuse) 2) put cosmetics on 3) become friends again 4) compensate 5) for as a whole
make up for compensate, repay smb for
Appendix IV. Phrosal verbs
Р
pass away pass off as pass on die pretend to be smb/smth else successfully give smth (usually clothes) to younger/ smaller member of family . L
pass out pay back lose consciousness 1) return money owed 2) get revenge on smb
pay for pull down pull in pull through pull up put aside put away put back put down receive punishment for a wrongdoing demolish a structure arrive (of trains) survive slow down and stop save put smb into prison or mental hospital cause to be delayed 1) make a note 2) pay a deposit for smth
put down to put off attribute smth to smth else 1) postpone 2) discourage smb from liking smth
put on 1) dress oneself in 2) increase (in weight) 3) switch on 4) pretend
168
put out
put through
put up
put up with
R
run across
run away
run away with
run down
5) cause to take place (show/ performance)
I) extinguish (fire)
2) cause inconvenience to smb
I) connect by telephone
2) make smb undergo or suffer smth
1) offer smth for sale
2) increase (of prices)
3) offer hospitality
tolerate, bear
run into
run out (of)
run over
run through
run up
run up against
s
see about
see off
see out
see through
see to
set aside
meet smb/find smb by chance
escape (from home, duty)
steal snuh and leave with it
I) knock down and damage or wound
(with vehicle)
2) speak badly of smb/smth
3) stop working (of a clock)
I) meet smb unexpectedly
2) collide with smth in a vehicle
3) experience (difficulties)
no longer have a supply of smth
1) knock down and damage or wound
(with a vehicle)
2) overflow
repeat, practise
allow (debts, bills) to increase
face (difficulties, problems)
make enquiries about or arrangements about
smth
1) accompany a traveller to his/her plane, train
2) make sure that smb leaves (one's property)
last until the end (a period of time)
I) not be deceived by smb/smth •nq
2) support smb in difficulties
care for smb
save for a special purpose
start and seem likely to continue (oHCcather)
set bi start a journey
set off 1) begin a journey
set out 2) intend (to do smth)
stan a business
set up support smb esp. in difficulties
stand by be an abbreviation for
stand for replace smb temporarily
stand in lor be noticeable
stand out fail to meet smb
stand up support smb or smth
stand up for resist, defend oneself against smb without
stand up to fear
Appendix IV. Phiasol verbs
take after take awav er look or act like a relative, resemble 1) remove 2) seize from people
take back take down take in take off admit saying smth wrong separate into pieces so as to repair or remove make clothes narrower 1) remove clothes JL 2) leave the ground (of planes) 3) start lo improve
take time off be allowed not to go io work for a short period of time
take on take out take smb out lake over take to take up employ remove, extract take smb to a restaurant gain control of smth like J) begin a hobby, spon, job 2) fill (time, space)
lake up on be taken aback be taken in turn away turn down accept smb’s offer or invitation be strongly surprised be deceived not allow smb to enter a place 1) refuse an offer, reject 2) reduce volume, etc.
turn smb in turn into give smb to ihe police change into, become
170
Appendices
turn off
turn on
turn out
turn over
turn smb over
to smb
turn to
turn up
switch off
switch on
1) produce
2) prove to be in the end,
result
3) force smb to leave
4) empty (one's pockets,
handbag, etc.)
turn to a new page, change
TV channel
deliver smb (to the police,
authorities)
go to smb for help, advice
1) arrive or appear (unex-
pectedly)
2) increase (volume, pres-
sure)
W
wear smb down
wear off
IT
wear out
work on
work out
work up
make smb gradually weaker
disappear gradually (of feel-
ings)
1) use until no longer ser-
viceable
2) exhaust
have an effect on
1) find the solution to a prob-
lem by reasoning or
calculation
2) develop successfully
develop, increase
V. VERBS, ADJECTIVES, NOUNS
WITH PREPOSITIONS
absent from (adj)
accompanied by (adj)
according to (prep)
accuse smb of (v)
accustomed to (adj)
advantage of (n)
advice on (n)
afraid of (adj)
agree to/ on smth (v)
agree with smb (v)
ahead of (prep)
aim at (v)
allergic to (adj)
amazed at/by (adj)
amused by (adj)
angry with smb about
smth (adj)
bad at (adj)
base on (v)
begin with (v)
believe in (v)
benefit from (v)
beware of (v)
capable of (adj)
care for smb (v)
care of (v)
careful of (adj)
careless about smth (adj)
certain of (adj)
change into (v)
characteristic of (adj)
change for (v)
A
annoyed with smb about
smth (adj)
anxious about smth (adj)
apologize to smb for smth
apply to smb for smth (v)
approve of (v)
argue with smb about smth (v)
arrest smb for smth (v)
arrive at (a small place) (v)
arrive in (a town) (v)
ashamed of (adj)
ask for (v)
assure smb of (v)
astonished at/by (adj)
attend to (v)
attitude to/towards (n)
aware of (adj)
В
blame smb for smth (v)
boast about/of (v)
bored with/of (adj)
borrow smth from smb (v)
bump into (v)
busy with (adj)
C
charge smb with (v)
choice between/of (n)
close to (adj)
comment on (v)
communicate with (v)
compare with (v)
comparison between (n)
complain of (v)
complain to smb about smth (v)
Appendix V. Verbs, adjectives, nouns with prepositions
172 (
compliment smb on (v)
concentrate on (v)
confidence in (n)
congratulate smb on smth (v)
connect to/with (v)
conscious of (adj)
consist of (v)
contrary to (prep)
contrast with (v)
contribute to (v)
damage to (n)
dale back to (v)
deal with (v)
dear to (adj)
decide on/against (v)
decrease in (n)
dedicate to (v)
definition of (n)
delight in (v)
delighted with (adj)
demand for (n/v)
depart from (v)
depend on/upon (v)
dependent on (adj)
describe smth to smb (v)
description of (n)
die of/from (v)
differ from (v)
eager for (adj)
efficient at (adj)
emphasis on (n)
engaged to smb/in smth (adj)
enthusiastic about (adj)
envious of (adj)
equal to (adj)
escape from (v)
example of (n)
convert to/into (v)
cope with (v)
correspond to/with (v)
count on smb (v)
covered in/with (adj)
crazy about (adj)
crowded with (adj)
cruel to (adj)
curious about (adj)
D
difficulty in/with (n)
disadvantage of (n)
disagree with (v)
disappointed with/about (adj)
disapprove of (v)
discouraged from (adj)
discussion aboul/on (n)
disgusted by/at (adj) *»j.-
dismiss from (v)
dispose of (v)
distinguish between (v)
divide into/by (v)
do smth about (v)
doubtful about (adj)
dream about (v)
dream of (v)
dressed in (adj)
E
excellent at (adj)
exception to (n)
exchange smth for smth (v)
excited about (adj)
exclaim at (v)
excuse for (v)
experienced in (adj)
experiment on/with (v)
expert at/in (n)
1.
173
faithful to (adj)
familiar to smb (adj)
familiar with (adj)
famous for (adj)
fed up with (adj)
fill smth with smth (v)
finish with (v)
good at (adj)
grateful to smb for smth (adj)
happen to (v)
happy about/with (adj)
harmful to (adj)
hint to smb about smth (v)
F
fond of (adj)
forget about (v)
forgive smb for smth (v)
friendly with/to/towards (adj)
frightened of (adj)
full of (adj)
furious with smb about
/at smth (adj)
G
guess at (v)
guilty of (adj)
H
hope for (v)
hope of (n)
hopeless al (adj)
Aopcnd'x V. Verbs, adjectives, nouns with prepositions
idea of(n)
identical to (adj)
ignorant of/about (adj)
ill with (adj)
impressed by/with (adj)
impression on smb (n)
improvement in/on (n)
incapable of (adj)
include in (v)
increase in (v)
independent of (adj)
indifferent to (adj)
information about/on in)
informed about (adj)
insist on (v)
interest in (n)
interested in (adj)
interfere with (v)
invasion of (n)
invest in (v)
invitation to (n)
invite smb to (v)
involve in (v)
irritated by (adj)
jealous of (adj)
join (smb)
J
join in (smt)
joke about (v)
174
Appendices
knock ai/on (v)
know about/of (v)
keen on snilh (adj)
lack in (v)
lack of (n)
laugh at (v)
leave for (v)
listen to (v)
married to (adj)
mention to (v)
name after (v)
necessary for (adj)
need for (n)
neglect of (n)
nervou; about (adj)
К
kind to (adj)
key to (n)
knowledge of (n)
L
live on (v)
look after (v)
look at (v)
look for (v)
M
mistake smb for (v)
mix with (v)
N
new to (adj)
nice to (adj)
nominate smb for/as smth (v)
notice of (n)
notorious for smth (adj)
obedien to (adj)
object u- (v)
obliged to smb for smth (adj)
obvious ю (adj)
occur to »
О
offence against (n)
operate on (v)
opinion of/on (adj)
opposite of/to (n)
pan with v)
patient wih (adj)
pay by (cheque) (v)
pay for (v)
pay in (cast) (v)
persist in (')
P
photograph of (n)
pity for (adj)
play by smb (n)
pleasant to (adj)
pleased with (adj)
(take) pleasure in (n)
17.
(have the) pleasure of (n)
point at/io (v)
polite to (adj)
popular with (adj)
praise smb for (v)
pray for smb/smth (v)
prefer smth to smth (v)
preference for (n)
prepare for (v)
present smb with (v)
quarrel about smth/with
smb (v)
react to (v)
ready for (adj)
reason for (n)
receive from (v)
recover from (v)
reduction in (n)
refer to (v)
regard as (v)
regardless of (prep)
related to (adj)
relationship between (n)
relevant to (adj)
rely on (v)
remind smb of/about (v)
remove from (v)
replace smth with smth (v)
prevent smb from (v)
pride in (n)
prohibit smb from doing
smth (v)
protect against/from (v)
protest aboul/at (v)
proud of (adj)
provide smb with (v)
punish smb for smth (v)
puzzled about/by (adj)
Q
qualified for (adj)
quick at (adj)
R
reply to (n/v)
report on (n/v)
reputation for (n)
research on/into (n)
respect for (n)
respond to (v)
responsibility for (n)
responsible for (adj)
result from (v)
result in (v)
result of (n)
resulting from (adj)
rich in (adj)
rise in (n)
rude to (adj)
Appendix V. Vc'bs, odjec£ve$, nouns with prepositions
safe from (adj)
same as (adj)
satisfied with (adj)
save smb from (v)
s
scared of (adj)
search for (v/n)
in search of (n)
sensible of smb (adj)
176
Appendices
7
safe from (adj)
same as (adj)
satisfied with (adj)
save smb from (v)
scared of (adj)
search for (v/n)
in search of (n)
sensible of smb (adj)
sensitive to (adj)
sentence smb to (v)
separate from (vj
serious about (adj)
share in/of smth (n)
shelter from (n)
shocked at/by (adj)
shoot at (v)
short of (adj)
shout at (v)
shy of (adj)
sick of (adj)
similar to (adj)
skilled at (adj)
slow in (adj)
smell of (n/vj
smile at (v)
solution to (n)
sorry about (adj)
speak to/with smb about
smth (v)
specialize in (v)
specialist in (n)
spend money on snub (v)
spend time in (a place) (v)
split into/in (v)
spy on (v)
stare at (v)
subject to (adj/v)
submit to (v)
submit for (publication) (v)
subscribe to (v)
succeed in (v)
suffer from (v)
sufficient for (adj)
superior to (adj)
sure of/about (adj)
surprised at/by (adj)
surrender to (vj
surrounded by (adj)
suspect smb of (v)
suspicious of (adj)
sympathetic to/towards (adj)
sympathize with (v)
take part in smth (v)
take smth to smb (v)
talent for smth (n)
talk to smb about smth (v)
taste in (n)
taste of (v)
terrible at (adj)
terrified of (adj)
thank smb for (vj
thankful for (adj)
T
think about/of (v)
threat to smb of smth (n)
threaten smb with smth (v)
throw smth at (v)
tired from (adj)
tired of (fed up with) (adj)
translate from... into (v)
trip over (v)
trouble with (n)
typical of (adj)
unaware of (adj)
understanding of (n)
uneasy about (adj)
valid for (length of time) (adj)
valid in (places) (adj)
wail for (v)
warn smb against/
about/of (v)
waste (time/money) on (v)
wonder about (v)
U
upset about/over smth (adj)
use of (n)
used to (adj)
V
value smth at (v)
vote against/for (v)
W
worry about (v)
worthy of (adj)
write to smb (v)
wrong about (adj)
14» • •
\77
Appendix V Veras, adjectives, nouns with prepositions
178
Appendices
VI. THE USE OF ARTICLES IN
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
AT
at the age of
at the airport
at the beginning of
at breakfast/lunch etc.
at the bottom of
at the bus stop
at the corner
at all costs
at the crossroads
at dawn
at one’s desk
at the door
at the end
at fault
at first
at first hand
at first sight
at a glance
at a guess
at hand
at heart
at home
at/in a hotel
at ... km per hour
at last
at the least
at least
at liberty
at a loss
at the match
at midnight
at the moment
al most
at night
at noon
at once
at peace/war
at present
at a profit
at the prospect
at random
at any rate
al one’s request
at the same lime
at school
at sea
al the seaside
at short notice
at/in the station
at sunset
at the table
at the time
at limes
at the top of
at university
at the weekend
at work
at 4. Rose St.
by accident
by all accounts
by appointment
by the arm/hand
by birth
by bus/train/plane/sea
by chance
by cheque
by correspondence
by day/night
BY
by force
by heart
by invitation
by land/sea/air
by law
by luck
by marriage
by means of
by mistake
by nature
by phone
by post/airmail
by profession
by request
by side
by the lime
by the way
by one’s watch
FOR
179
for ages
for breakfast
for a change
for example
for fun
for instance
for life
in action
in addition to
in advance
in agreement
in aid of
in answer to
in an armchair
in a good/bad temper
in bed
in the beginning
in a book
in brief
in any case
in cash
in the centre of
in charge of
in colour
in common
in comparison with
in conclusion to
in good/bad condition
in conference
in control of
in the country
in danger
in the dark
in debt
in demand
in detail
in difficulty
for love
for kick
for the rest of
for one’s sake
for the sakeof
IN
in the direction of
in doubt
in the end
in exchange for
in existence
in fact
in fashion
in favour of
in one's free time
in fun
in (the) future
in general
in good time
in half
in hand
in haste
in good/bad health
in honour of
in the hope of
in hospital
in a hotel
in a hurry
in ink/pencil/pen
in smb's interest
in length/width
in all smb’s life
in a line
in the long run
in love with
in luxury
for sale
for the time being
for a visit/holiday
for a walk
for a while
in the meantime
in a mess
in the middle of
in a mirror
in a moment
in a good/bad mood
in the mood
in the morning
in need of
in the news
in a newspaper
in the name of
in the north/south
in a nutshell
in the open
in one's opinion
in order of/to
in other words
in pairs
in the park
in the past
in person
in pieces
in place of
in politics
in pounds
in practice
in principle
in prison
in private/public
Appendix VI The use of о Hides in preposinonol phrases
180 in all probability
in progress
in a queue
El in reality
< in return in the right/wrong in a row/rows in ruins in safety in season in secret in self-defence
on account of on the agenda on the air on approval on arrival on average
4 on balance on the beach on behalf of on one’s birthday on board on the border on business on the coast
on condition
on the contrary
on a ti ip/tour
on demand
on a diet
on duty
on earth
on a farm
in the sky
in some respects
in stock
in the street
in succession
in the suburbs
in the sun/shade
in good/bad taste
in tears
in theory
in time
in no time
ON
on fire
on the fourth floor
on the floor
on foot
on the one hand
on holiday
on horseback
on impulse
on an island
on a journey
on one's knees
on leave
on the lefl/right
on loan
on the market
on one’s mind
on that morning
on the move
on New Year’s Day
on the news
on one's own
on page...
in touch
in town
in tune with
in turn
in uniform
in use
in view of
in a low/loud voice
in a way
in a word
on parade
on the pavement
on the phone
on a platform
on principle
on purpose
on the radio/TV
on the River Seine
on sale
on schedule
on (the) screen
on sight
on the sofa
on strike
on good/bad terms
on time
on top of
on a trip
on vacation
on the way to
on the whole
OUT OF
181
out of breath
out of character
out of condition
out of control
out of danger
out of date
out of debt
out of doors
out of fashion
off air
off colour
off duty
under age
under arrest
under one’s breath
under control
out of focus out of reach
out of hand out of season
out of luck out of sight
out of order out of step
out of the ordinary out of stock
out of place out of tune
out of practice out of turn
out of print out of use
out of the question out of work
OFF
off limits
off the map
off the point
UNDER
under discussion
under the impression
under orders
off the record
off the road
off school/work
Appendix VI. The use ol orticles in prepositional phroses
under pressure
under repair
under the weather
AGAINST: against the law
AHEAD: ahead of schedule/time
BEHIND: behind schedule, behind the times
FROM: from time to time, from now on, from experience, from
memory
INTO: into pieces
TO: to one’s astonishment, to one’s surprise, to some extent
WITH: with regard to, with a view to
WITHIN: within minutcs/seconds/hours
WITHOUT: without delay, without fail, without success
182 VII. Set expressions with articles
Appendices
a/an — the
a lol of a great deal of a (great) number of a goot/great many a few a little at a time at a go for a short/ long lime on a large scale at a loss all of a sudden in a hurry (but in haste) in a loud/ low voice it’s a pity what a pity what a shame as a result of as a matter of fact to have a good time to take a seat to go for a walk at a glance at a quess for a while in a good/bad tempcr/mood in a way . in a word for a change in a nutshell •I • at night/noon/ midnight by day ar home (to stay) in bed (to go) to bed at work at school at dawn at sunset at peace at war by bus (train, taxi, etc.) by air by post by chance /accident by mistale at breakfast (lunch, etc.) in/on time from morning to (till) night in sight in fact from head to foot hand in hand to have breakfast (lunch, etc.) to take part in to take place to take care of to lose sight of in town (в проти- воположность in the country) by heart at heart in the morning/evening what in the time? what is the matter? on/to the right/left in/to the country on the one/other hand the other day to tell the truth to run the risk at the weakend by the way for the time being (not) in the mood (for) under the impression against the law/rulcs
183
Г" to take smth close to heart at hand for ages for cxample/instancc to have fun (just) for fun on sale in addition to in advance in cash/check in fashion to fall/be in love (with) in pairs out of place/date/ fashion, etc. in practice/ in theory in writing in return in reality on fire on foot on duty on purpose put on/lose/ gain weight off work/school under age under control after classes
Appendix VII. Sei express on$ with orfides
184
VIII. PREPOSITIONS OF TIME
Appendices
AT
at 10.30
at Christmas/Easter
at noon/nighi/midnight
at lunch/ dinner/
breakfast (time)
at that time
at the moment/at present
at rhe wcekend/at weekends
at the age of
at the same time
ON
on Monday
on Easter Sunday
on Christmas Day
on Friday night
on July 30:h
on a summer afternoon
on that day
IN
in the morning/evening/
afternoon/night
in the Easter/Christmas
holiday
in January (months)
in winter (seasons)
in 1992 (years)/in the year
of 1992
in the 19‘h century
in two hours (через)
in the 1990s
in the middle ages
NO PREPOSITION
yesterday
tomorrow
the day before yesterday
the day after tomorrow
next week, etc.
last year, etc.
every day, etc.
(his month, etc.
BY: by 5 o’clock, by Saturday, by September, by the time, by
then
FOR: for two hours, for a week, for a long time
DURING: during the movie, during our vacations
PAST: half past three
TO: a quarter to nine
FROM...TILL: from nine till ten
AFTER: after six
BEFORE: before seven
TILL; till Monday **
UNTIL: until that lime
UP TO: up to now, up to this moment
IX. PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE
185
IN
in a room
in a park
in the water
in the ocean
in a row
in a line
in an armchair
in a photograph
in a picture
in the sky
in (the) front of
in bed
in the hospital
in a hotel
in a restaurant
AT ON
at a party
at a concert
at a conference
at the movies
at a football game
at work
at a station
at the airport
at sea
at school
at college
at a hotel
at a restaurant
at someone’s house
on a farm
Appendix IX. Propositions of place
'86
Appendices
X. THE LIST OF INTRODUCTORY VERBS
Introductory verb Direct speech Reported speech
+ to-infinitive
agree claim* demand offer promise* refuse threaten* “Yes, I'll lend you the money”. “J saw the robbers”. “Give me the money”. “Would you like me to help you?” “I’ll return the book to you soon”. “No. 1 won’t call her”. “Stop shouting or I'll punish you”. He agreed to lend me he money. He claimed to have seen the robbers. He demanded to be given the money. He offered to help me. He promised to return the book to me soon. He refused to call her. He threatened to punish her if she didn't stop shouting.
+ smb + to-infinitive
advise allow ask beg command forbid invite order remind* warn “You should eat more fruit”. “You can go to the party”. “Could you do me a favour?” “Please, please, don’t hurt me”. “Put your hands up”. “You mustn’t stay out late”. “Will you come to my wedding?” “Go to your room!” “Don't forget to buy some milk”. “Don’t touch the iron”. He advised me to cat more fruit. He allowed me to go to the party. He asked me to do him a favour. He begged them not to hurt him. He commanded them to pul their hands up. He forbade me to stay out late. He invited me to come to his wedding. He ordered me to go to my room. 1 le reminded me to buy some milk. He warned me 1?ol to touch the iron. I
187
+ -ing form
accuse smb of admit (to)* apologise for boast about/of* complain of* deny* insist* suggest* "You committed the crime”. ‘‘Yes, 1 gave away your secret”. "I’m sorry, Гт late”. “Гт the best student in lhe class”. "1 have noisy neigh- bours”. "No, 1 didn’t use your computer”. "You must finish bv Friday”. "Let’s go out to dinner”. He accused her of having committed the crime. He admitted (to) having given away my secret. He apologise for being late. He boasted about/of being the best student in lhe class. He complained of ha- ving noisy neighbours. He denied having used my computer. He insisted on my fi- nishing by Friday. He suggested going out to dinner.
to smb + how
explain "That’s how it works”. He explained to us how it worked.
+ that-clause
explain inform smb cxclaim/remark “I don’t like him because he’s rude”. “The results will come oui tomorrow”. "What a glorious day!” She explained that she didn't like him because he was rude. He informed us that the results would come out lhe next day. He exclaimed/remarked that it was a glorious day.
Appendix X The list cl introductory verbs
*Г1римечанис. После глаголов, отмеченных звездочкой,Ко-
гуту потребляться придаточные предложения:
188
Appendices
e.g. He claimed that he had won a game.
He promised that he would come.
He threatened that he would leave.
He reminded me that / had a meeting that afternoon.
He admitted that he was wrong.
He boasted that he was very rich.
He complained that he didn’t earn enough money.
He denied that he had taken the money.
He insisted that I (should) work on Saturday.
He suggested that we (should) take out a loan.
XI. SPELLING RULES
n
-(e)s ending
a) words ending in -1, -ss, -ch, -x, -sh, -z, -o add -cs
bus — buses, miss — misses. church churches, box — boxes, wash —
washes, fizz — fizzes, do — does
b) nouns ending in vowel + o, short forms/musical instruments/
proper nouns ending in -o add -s
radio —radios, zoo — zoos, photo — photos, piano — pianos, Eskimo —
Eskimos
-f/-fe ending
nouns ending in -f/-fe drop -f/-fe and add -ves
thief — thieves, wife — wives, (bur: chiefs, roofs, safes)
-y ending
a) words ending in consonant + у drop -y and add -ies, -ied,
-ier, -icsl, -ily
study — studies — studied, pretty — prettier — prettiest, pretty — prettily
b) words ending in consonant + у add -ing
study — studying
c) words ending in vowel + у add -s, -ed, -ing, -er, -est
play — plays — played, playing
(but: paid, said, laid)
Appendix XL Spel ing rules
-ie ending
words ending in -ie change -ie to -y before -ing
die — dying
dropping -e
a) words ending in -e drop -c and add -ing, -ed, -er, -est
live — living — lived (but: be — being), late — later — latest
b) adjectives ending in -e add -ly to form their adverbs
mere — merely, rare — rarely
(but: true - truly)
190
•о
с
ф
О.
О.
с) adjectives ending in -le change -ie to -ly to form their adverbs
horrible — horribly
(but: whole — wholly)
d) verbs ending in -ее add -ing
see — seeing
doubling consonants
words ending in consonant — vowel — consonant double the
final consonant if the vowel is stressed
stop — stopped — stopping
wet — wetter —wettest
prefer — preferred — preferring
ARTICLES
Ex.L A FORGETFUL TOURIST
11 an 2) — 3) lhe 4) a 5) — 6) the 7) lhe 8) the 9) —
10) the II)- 12)- 13) a 14) the 15) a 16) the 17)-
18) - 19) the 20) the 21) the 22) a 23) the 24) the
25) - 26) a
Ex.2. AN EXPENSIVE BREAKFAST
I) the 2) a 3) an
10)- 11) the 12)-
18) - 19) the 20) a
26) - 27) - 28) the
4) a 5) - 6) - 7) - 8) - 9) —
13)- 14)- 15) a 16)- 17) the
21) the 22) a 23) a 24)- 25) a
29) a 30)- 31)-
E.x.3. WHICH WAS THE FASTEST
I) a 2) a 3) an 4) an 5)— 6) the 7) the 8) the 9) the
10) the II) the 12) a 13) the 14)- 15) the 16)- 17) the
18)the 19)a 20)the 21)the 22)the 23)the 24)a 25) a
26) a 27) - 28) the
Ex.4. AT ABOUT TWO O'CLOCK ON A COLD...
I) a 2) a 3) the 4) the 5) the 6) — 7) a 8) the 9) a
10) the 11) the 12) the 13) the 14)- 15) the 18)- 17) a
18)- 19) the 20) the 21) a 22) a
192
Keys
Ex.5. AN ARI THMETIC LESSON
I) a 2) a 3)- 4) a 5)- 6) a 7)- 8) a 9)- 10) the
11)the 12)the 13)the 14)a 15)the 16)a 17)the 18)the
Ex.6. EDISON'S FIRST INVENTION
l)a 2) a 3)— 4) a 5) the 6)— 7) an 8) a 9)— 10) a
II) the 12) the 13) the 14) the 15) the 16) the 17) the
18)the 19) the 20)the 21)the 22)the 23) the
Ex.7. THE USEFUL GATE
I) a 2)— 3) the 4) a 5) the 6) the 7) a 8) the 9) a
10)- 11) a 12) a 13) the 14) a 15)- 16) the
Ex.8. CONSULTING A DOCTOR
1) the 2) the 3) the 4)- 5)- 6)- 7)- 8)- 9)-
10) the ID- 12) a 13) a 14) an 15) the 16) the 17) the
18) the 19) the 20) a 21)- 22)- 23)- 24) the 25) the
26) the 27) the 28) the 29) the 30) a 31)- 32) a 33)-
34) a 35)- 38)- 37)- 38)- 39) a 40) a 41) a 42)-
43)— 44) a 45) the 46) a
1
Ex.9. ON A DIET
D- 2)- 3)- 4)- 5)- 6)- 7)- 8)- 9)-10)-
Ex.10. THE NATIONAL PASSION
I) the 2) an 3) the 4) the 5) — 6) a 7) a 8) the 9) a
10) the 18)- 11) a 12) an 19) a 20) — 13) an 21) - 14) an 15)— 16) an 22) a 23) the 24) the 17)the 25)the
Ex.l 1. ON SNOBBERY
D- 2) - 3) the 4) the 5) - 6) a 7) the 8) a 9)-
10) - 11) the 12)- 13) - 14)- 15)- 16)- 17) a
18) the 19) the 20) the 21) - 22)- 23) a 24)- 25) a
26) the 27)the 28) the 29) - - 30)the 31)a 32)the 33) a
34) the 35) a 36) a 37)- 38) - 39) - 40) - 41) -
421 a 43) a 44) a . 45) a ' 16) - 47) the 48) the 49) -
50)- 51)- 52) the 53) an 54)the 55) an 56)the 57)-
58) the 59)- 60) the 61)- - 62)the 63)the . 64)the
193
Ex. 12. HOW TO PLAN A TOWN
1) the 2)- 3)- 4)- 5) a 6) the 7) a 8) an 9) the
10) the 11) the 12)- 13)- 14)- 15)- 16)- 17) —
18)— 19) - 20)- 21)- 22)- 23)- - 24)- 25) — 26) —
27)- 28) a 29) the 30)- 31)- 32) - 33) - 34)-
35) - 36) - 37) an 38) a 39) the 40) the 41) the 42)
43)the 44)the 45)the 46)the 47) a 48)a 49)the 50)the
51)the 52)the 53)a 54) the 55) the 56)the 57)— ') —
59)— 60)— 61) a 62) the 63)— 64) the 65) the 66) the
67)- 68)- 69)- 70) the 71) the 72) a 73)the 74) the
Arliccs
Ex.13. FINDING YOUR WAY ABOUT LONDON
1) an 2) — 3) an 4) a 5) a 6) an 7) the 8) the 9) the
10) the II) the 12) - 13) the 14) - 15) the 16) the
17) the 18) the 19) the 20)- 21)- 22) - - 23)- 24) an
25) the 26)- 27)- 28)- 29) — 30)- 31) - 32)-
33)- 34) a 35) - 36) - 37) the 38)- 39)- 40) the
41) the 42) a 43) a 44) 45) an 46) - 47) - 48) -
49) - 50)- 51)- ’ * •». i 1 .> *
Ex.14. WHILE THE AUTO WAITS
I) (he 2) a 3) a 4) the 5) the 6) (he 7) a 8) the 9) the }
10) the II) the 12) the 13) a 14) the 15) the 16) the f
17) the IS) the 19) an 20) a 21) the 22) the 23) 24) ।
25) a 26)- 27)- 28)- 29) an 30) the 31)- 32) a
33) - 34) — 35) - 36) - 37) the 38) the 39) - 40) the
41) a 42) a 43) a 44) the 45) a 46) the 47) a 48) the
49) the 50)— 51) the 52) the 53) an 54)— 55) a 56) the
57) the 58) the 59) the 60) the 61) the 62) the 63) the
64) (he 65) the 66) the 67)tlie 68) the 69) the 70) the
71) a 72) the 73) the 74)the 75) the 76) the 77) the
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) false 3) true 4) true 5) false
Ex. 15. BRUSH UP YOUR ENGLISH
1) the 2) a 3)- 4)- 5) a 6) a 7)- 8)- 9)-
10)- II)- 12)- 13)- 14)- 15)- 16)- 17)- 18) —
19) the 20)- 21)- 22)- 23)- 24)- 25)- 26)-
27)- 28)- 29)- 30 )- 31) - 32) a 33) an 34)-
35)- 36)- 37) a 38) a 39)- 40)- 41)- 42) - 43) -
7 ВВ.Бондлрсва
194
Keys
44) a 45)- 46)- 47)- 48) - 49) - 50) - 51) - 52) —
53) the 54) a 55)- 56)- 57) - 58) - 59) - 60) a 61) the
62) - 63) - 64) - 65) a 66) a 67) a 68) lhe 69) - 70)
- 71)- 72)- 73) a 74) a 75) a 76)- 77) - 78) - 79)
a 80) a 81)- 82)- 83)- 84)- 85) a 86) - 87) a 88)
a 89)— 90)— 91) the 92) a 93) - 94) - 95) — 96) a
97) a
Ex. 16. HOW TO SHOP
1) the 2) the 3) an 4)— 5) the 6) a 7) a 8) the 9) a
10)- 11)- 12)- 13) - 14) - 15) - 16) 17) 18) a
19) a 20)- 21)- 22)- 23)- 24)- 25) - 26) - 27) -
28) lhe 29)the 30)a 31)a 32) a 33)the 34)lhe 35)a
36) lhe 37)- 38)- 39) (he 40) a 41) the 42) a 43)-
44)- 45) a 46) a 47) a 48)- 49)- 50) a 51) a 52) the
53) a 54) the 55) a 56) the 57) a 58) the 59) a 60) an 61)
— 62) the 63) a 64) — 65) the 66) the
Ex. 17. SAD CASE OF STI WINGS, JUNIOR
1) a 2) the 3) - 4) - 5) - 6) - 7) a 8) the 9) a
10)- 11) a 12)- 13) the 14)- 15)- 16) a 17)- 18)-
19) a 20) a 21)- 22) a 23)- 24)- 25)- 26) - 27)-
28)- 29) the 30) the 31)- 32)- 33)- 34)- 35)-
36) - 37) - 38) - 39) a 40) a 41) - 42) - 43) an
44) the 45) (he 46)- 47)- 48)- 49)- 50) the 51) —
52) — 53) the
PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS
Ex.18. WHAT A IANGUAGE!
1) about 2) for 3) in 4) in 5) out of 6) of 7) upon 8) out
9) out 10) on 11) on 12) on 13) of 14) to 15) of 16) in
17) up 18) in 19) in 20) down 21) up 22) down 23) up
24) down
Ex. 19. SHUT THE DOOR
l)with 2) for 3) in 4) out of 5) of 6) to 7) to 8) about
9) of 10) before II) out of 12) with 13) after 14) in 15) of
16) after 17) after 18) —
Ex.20. THE CONDUCTOR'S MISTAKE
I) in 2) by 3)io 4) near 5) ai 6) up 7) to $) to 9) in
10) up II) in 12) up io 13) out 14) up 15) with 16) at
17) for 18) oft* 19) in 20) instead of
Ex.21. AN ENGLISHMAN IN JAPAN
I) to 2) up 3) in 4) up 5) at 6) at 7) into 8) of 9) on
10) up 11 ) at 12) out of 13) at 14) of 15) on 16) up
Ex.22. A BAD CUSTOMER
I) into 2) for 3) of 4) to 5) for 6) of 7) back 8) — 9) for
10) for 11) for 12) for 13) for 14) out of
Prepositions end phrasal verbs
Ex.23. THE ROOM WITH A DIRTY CARPET
I) into 2) for 3)on 4) on
9) off 10) down II) up 12)
16) in 17) with 18) in 19)
23) down 24) in 25) with
5) on 6) off 7) on 8) of
off 13) on 14) on 15) of
on 20) up 21) off 22) out
Ex.24. THE ONLY CIGARETTE
l)of 2) of 3) of 4) of 5) of 6) to
10) to II) to 12) up 13) in 14) of
17) for 18) at 19) for
7) after 8) of 9) for
15) in 16) instead of
Ex.25. LOST AND FOUND
I) to 2) after 3) on 4) out 5) for 6) with 7) along 8) by
9) in 10) round II) of 12) with 13) from 14) at 15) at
16) to 17) out 18) for 19) in 20) about 21) out 22) to
23) in
Ex.26. MR. SELLER IS SELLING HIS BOOKS
I) from 2) in 3) of 4)— 5) at 6) of 7) in 8) to 9) for
10) on II) through 12) at 13) of 14) to 15) into 16) for
17) to 18) of 19)- 20) in 21)- 22) about 23) for 24) of
25)— 26) out 27) on 28) to 29) on 30) for 31)— 32) up to
33) of
Ex.27. IRISH STEW
I) for 2) after 3) to 4) into 5) of 6) about 7) of 8) into
9) into 10) of 11) of 12) in 13) into 14) at 15) with 16) in
7*
196
Keys
17) to 18) into 19) with 20) of 21) in 22) on 23) of
24) about 25) with 26) on
Ex.28. A MELTING STORY
I) about 2) for 3) out 4) from 5) through 6) in
8) from 9) in 10) to 11) of 12) for 13) in 14) after
16) down 17) on 18) in 19) in 20) out of 21) at
23) to 24) in 25) among 26) of 27) inside 28) out
7) of
15) on
22) by
29) on
30) up 31) down 32) down 33) in 34) of 35) from 36) down
37) into 38) olT 39) over 40) at 41) out 42) down 43) down
44) into 45) in 46) of 47) out of 48) out of 49) for 50) of
51) in
Ex.29. OLD COUNTRY ADVICE
TO THE AMERICAN TRAVELLER
I) from 2) to 3) on 4) about 5) of 6) into 7) down
8) around 9) after 10) along 11) for 12) after 13) up to
14) on 15) to
21) to 22) into
27) on 28) to
16) up to 17) on 18) with 19) to 20) to
23) out of 24) out of 25) about 26) about
29) from 30) over 31) of 32) in 33) with
34) on 35) to 36) of 37) to 38) at 39) out of 40) into
41) under 42) on 43) out 44) to 45) in 46) with 47) to
48) in 49) in 50) in 51) into 52) under 53) up 54) in 55) to
56) with 57) in 58) before 59) to 60) about 61) to 62) from
Ex.30. WE PACK
1) of 2) before 3) in 4) up against 5) in 6) of 7) round
8) at 9) of 10) of 11) about 12) of 13) after 14) at 15) on
16) in 17) round 18) out 19) in 20) to 21) of 22) out
23) of 24) of 25) back 26) by 27) up 28) inside 29) in
30) in 31) in 32) up 33) at 34) down 35) with 36) on
37) of 28) out 39) with 40) on 41) over 42) on 43) —
44) on 45) behind 46) at 47) on 48) after 49) off 50) down
51) on 52) on 53) for 54) over 56) at 57) of 58) round
59) after 60) off 61) at 62) on 63) for 64) for
Ex.3l. UNCLE PODGER PUTS UP A PICTURE
1) from 2) with 3) up 4) to 5) of 6) about 7) on 8) off
9) on 10) in 11) out 12) after 13) out 14) from 15) out
16) in 17) in IS) in 19) with 20) up 21) up to 22) from
23) for 24) in 25) of 26) down 27) on 28) on 29) for
30) in
37) of
44) up
51) on
31) for
38) off
45) on
52) for
32) out
39) up
46) up
53) on
33) in 34) across 35) in
40) on 41) up 42) out
47) up 48) on 49) with
54) of 55) at 56) to
36) upon
43) round
50) down
57) with
58) under 59) for 60) on 61) up 62) on 63) up 64) on
65) of 66) on 67) up 68) on 69) at 70) of 71) on 72) on
73) into 74) into 75) in 76) with 77) over 78) on 79) down
80) on 81) on 82) at 83) at 84) into 85) up 86) up 87) off
88) on to 89) up 90) at 91) in 92) on 93) at 94) up
Modol verbs
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) false 3) true 4) true 5) true 6) true 7) false
8) true 9) false 10) false 11) true
MODAL VERBS
Ex.32. A DUMB WIFE
I) can 2) can 3) may
8)can 9)can 10) cannot
14) can 15) will not have to
4) may 5) can 6) can
11) must 12) have to
16) may
7) could
13) cannot
Ex.33. A WHITE WINTER DRESS
I) could 2) must 3) can 4) could 5) cannot
7) could 8) had to 9) should 10) can 11) must
6) must
Ex.34. HERE IS YOUR MONEY
1) could 2) must 3) can 4) can 5) can 6) must 7) must
8) can 9) can 10) must 11) must 12) must
Ex. 35. A SCHOOL REPORT
I) should 2) can 3) should 4) ought
7) must 8) will have 9) do 1 really have
12) ought 13) wouldn’t have
5) ought 6) must
10) do 11) have
Ex.36. WHY WERE YOU LATE
1) ought 2) ought 3) must 4) must
7) could 8) could 9) must 10) had
5) had 6) should.
198 Ex.37. I'D RATHER PACK NOW
1) must 2) can 3) need 4) need 5) may 6) ought 7) will
have 8) could 9) could 10) could 11) must 12) can 13) may
14) will have 15) cannot 16) will you be able 17) will be able
18) might 19) can
Ex.38. SPOKEN ENGLISH AND BROKEN ENGLISH
I) must 2) will be able 3) may 4) can 5) can 6) can 7) can
8) have 9) should 10) must 11) could 12) will be able
VERB TENSES
Ex.40. AT A BARBER'S SHOP
I) entered 2) was 3) asked 4) said 5) did 6) was 7) finished
8) got 9) took 10) excused 11) said 12) 12 was 13) left
14) began 15) had finished 16) picked 17) placed 18) gave
19) passed 20) passed 21) told) 22) will be 23) said 24) is not
25) was playing 26) came 27) said
Ex.41. BAD LUCK
I) overslept 2) missed 3) slipped 4) sprained 5) skinned
6) broke 7) lost 8) got 9) wouldn't go 10) kicked 11) hurt
12) bought 13) didn't write 14) took 15) had 16) went
17) locked 18) crawled 19) could not
Ex.42. THE WEATHER FORECAST
I) is 2) remember 3) read 4) decided 5) looked 6) were
passing 7) said 8) will come 9) became 10) said 11) will begin
12) are coming 13) said 14) was 15) read 16) will be 17) went
18) wanted 19) began 20) had been raining 21) came
Ex.43. A STORY TOO TERRIBLE TO TELL
1) came 2) took 3) went 4) did not come 5) had taken 6) am 7)
said 8) does not work 9) is 10) will have 11) was 12) agreed 13) had
told 14) had climbed 15) kept 16) reached 17) was 18) refused
19) said 20) was 21) continued 22) asked 23) stopped 24) refused
25) told 26) is 27) said 28) have left
Ex.44. ON A BUS
199
1) was 2) were
7) said 8) do not
12) tried 13) said
wish 17) forced
21) take 22) is 23) has already taken
3) got 4) was sitting 5) wanted 6) pressed
mind 9) insist 10) interrupted II) forced
14) will you kindly allow 15) cut 16) do not
18) managed 19) called 20) do not care
Verb Tenses
Ex.45. SURPRISE РАИТУ
1) reached 2) u'as playing 3) was sitting 4) was sitting 5) was
singing 6) was sleeping 7) couldn’t 8) was
Ex.46 1) are . AT THE STATION speaking 2) is 3) asks 4) go 5) is 6) says 7) say
8) run 9) ask 10) has the train gone 11) says 12) is 13) is
14) say 15) run 16) has already gone 17) is 18) is 19) says
20) see 21) have got 22) has not got 23) is standing 24) is
laughing 25) are you laughing 26) asks 27) have come 28) says
Ex.47. A RAINY DAY EPISODE
1) had been raining 2) wanted 3) saw 4) was not 5) decided
6) was going 7) asked 8) will be taking 9) said 10) will need
II) went 12) said 13) will call 14) fell
17) ordered 18) came 19) sat 20) got
23) am 24) is 25) cried) 26) said 27) am
15) went
21) took
28) called
16) sat
22) was
29) were
30) went 31) got 32) pul 33) began 34) heard 35) have had
36) looked 37) was 38) was looking 39) was smiling
E.x.48. NOT A ROBBER
1) went 2) was 3) was 4) was walking 5) could 6) heard
7) was following 8) went 9) followed IO\startcd 11) started
12) decided 13) would do 14) did 15) began 16) could
17) looked 18) saw' 19) was still following 20) wants 21) thought
22) jumped 23) jumped 24) was 25) was 26) could not
27) was not 28) did not know 29) turned 30) said 31) do you
want 32) are you following 33) do you always go 34) are you
having 35) answered 36) am going 37) told 38) would find
39) lives 40) will you have 41) will you go
Ex.49. HIGH HOPES
1) was going 2) said 3) come 4) will sell 5) will buy 6) will
get 7) are 8) will sell 9) will buy 10) will be 11) is 12) does
200
not rain 13) will put 14) will go 15) will look 16) will say
17) will pass 18) will only shake 19) shook 20) came
Ex.50. HIS OWN METHOD
I) came 2) had 3) examined 4) asked 5) was 6) listened
7) was 8) looked 9) felt 10) had II) wondered 12) had
managed 13) appeared 14) was 15) had 16) had smoked
17) had never refused 18) had been 19) had been working
20) was not 21) heard 22) had spent 23) said 24) got
25) agreed 26) began 27) would leave 28) have had
Ex.51. FRIENDS IN BUSINESS
I) was dying 2) asked 3) had been running 4) did not want
5) whispered 6) remained 7) will die 8) was 9) took 10) have
never put 11) tried 12) disliked 13) do you remember 14) ended
15) explained 16) was 17) had sold 18) said 19) is 20) put
Ex.52. AN ENGLISH TALE
I) lived 2) had married 3) could not 4) objected 5) suggested
6) was 7) died 8) had grown 9) had already grown 10) gave
11) told 12) met 13) told 14) was 15) saw 16) obeyed
17) was 18) discovered 19) made 20) was 21) started 22) had
been travelling 23) came 24) had told 25) was 26) entered
27) was having 28) explained 29) had been told 30) are
31) have never taken 32) said 33) is 34) have always been
35) added 36) agreed 37) said 38) is 39) would you prefer
40) had examined 41) was 42) will take 43) like 44) interrupted
45) will take 46) agreed 47) don't mind 48) like 49) said
50) made 51) gave
Ex.53. TEN MILLION SERVING MEN
Dare Dare 3) grow 4) seems 5) went 6) had 7) took
8) started 9) is 10) do you live 11) do your father and mother
live 12) do not they live 13) had explained 14) lived 15) remained
16) attacked 17) can you 18) can you 19) can you 20) can you
21) can you 22) seemed 23) could not 24) did not prevent
25) have you ever seen 26) have you ever heard 27) have you
ever seen 28) have you ever travelled 29) have you ever talked
30) did 31) seemed 32) knew 33) asked 34) did you see
35) did you see 36) does it look 37) did you watch 38) were
39) did not you do 40) did not you go 41) did not you ask
201
42) seemed 43) suspect 44) was not 45) were 46) were
enjoying 47) could 48) kept 49) was 50) came 51) will you
come 52) answered 53) came 54) do you remember 55) keeps
56) get 57) have never thought 58) arc
Ex.54. Л HARD DAY
Verb Tenses
1) have you been doing 2) have been cleaning 3) said 4) was
5) wanted 6) could 7) could not 8) has been looking 9) took
10) washed II) helped 12) had 13) have been turning 14) have
not finished 15) have done 16) have been working 17) leave
18) have been asking 19) have been telling 20) are 21) leave
22) gets 23) have been meaning 24) has been playing 25) arc
missing 26) have given 27) have not been smoking 28) have
thrown
Ex.55. CHAPLIN’S FIRST APPEARANCE ON THE STAGE
1) had been having 2) had never been 3) brought 4) lasted
5) was 6) grew 7) would crack 8) would disappear 9) would
start 10) influenced II) was 12) made 13) brought 14) was
playing 15) gathered 16) remember 17) cracked 18) went
19) began 20) did not quite understand 21) was going
22) increased 23) was 24) came 25) was 26) argued 27) had
seen 28) said 29) remember 30) started 31) was 32) poured
33) stopped 34) said 35) would pick 36) would sing 37) caused
38) came 39) helped 40) thought 41) was 42) was
43) increased 44) walked 45) had handed 46) returned 47) continued
48) was 49) talked 50) danced 51) did 52) had sung
53) imitated 54) was 55) had 56) was 57) came 58) evoked
59) was
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) false 3) true 4) true 5) true 6) false
Ex.56. HOW TO BE A DOCTOR
I) is 2) is 3) enters 4) say's 5) have 6) is it 7) says 8) goes
9) gives 10) do you feel 11) says 12) do 13) says 14) turns
15) gives 16) says 17) falls 18) says 19) counts 20) rises
21) looks 22) gives 23) makes 24) walks 25) reads 26) turns
27) begins 28) says 29) is 30) says 31) says 32) want 33) will,
have 34) has not 35) is 36) knows 37) goes 38) keeps 39) will
either get 40) will die 41) calls 42) thumps 43) beats 44) is
202
Keys
45) asks 46) depends 47) is feeling 48) has been 49) had
50) is 51) is 52) says 53) like 54) has just had 55) says
56) do not want 57) will not hurt 58) know 59) feel 60) run
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) false 3) true
Ex.57. A VICTIM TO ONE HUNDRED
AND SEVEN FATAL MALADIES
I ) got 2) read 3) came 4) turned 5) began 6) forget 7) was
8) read 9) looked 10) had been 11) had 12) was sitting
13) turned 14) came 15) read 16) discovered 17) had
IS) wondered 19) had 20) started 21) read 22) found 23) had
24) sat 25) thought 26) would have 27) had 28) was 29) needed
30) was 31) wondered 32) had 33) tried 34) fell 35) could not
36) seemed 37) look 38) limed 39) made 40) tried 41) could
not 42) went 43) is 44) feels 45) talks 46) think 47) am
48) wants 49) said 50) is 51) will have 52) will get 53) went
54) looked 55) said 56) is 57) said 58) will not take 59) is
60) is 61) finished 62) will tell 63) is not 64) told 65) opened
66) looked 67) sal 68) wrote 69) gave 70) put 71) went
72) did not open 73) took 74) handed 75) read 76) handed
77) said 78) did not keep 79) said 80) are 81) said 82) am
83) read 84) do not understand
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) true 3) true 4) true 5) false 6) false 7) true
Ex.58. LOVELY DAY, ISN'T IT?
I) got 2) found 3) was 4) lasted 5) explained 6) rained
7) was not 8) meant 9) rained 10) had 11) made 12) changed
13) was 14) shone 15) rained 16) asked 17)u'asnot 18) said
19) had never stopped 20) was 21) do you mean 22) was
23) was 24) hoped 25) was 26) went 27) had noticed
28) understood 29) meant 30) began 31) is not 32) is
33) replied 34) will take 35) is not 36) is not 37) exclaimed
38) is 39) was 40) was 41) was 42) had 43) was 44) had got
45) had lived 46) was 47) gave 48) offered 49) helped
Ex.59. HOW I EDITED AN AGRICULTURAL PAPER
1) had 2) agreed 3) was going 4) accepted 5) took 6) was
7) was working 8) hoped 9) was going 10) left 11) saw
203
12) heard 13) is 14) pretended 15) was 16) entered 17) sat
18) seemed 19) took 20) set 21) got 22) polished 23) said
24) are you 25) said 26) was 27) have you ever edited 28) said
29) is 30) have you had 31) believe 32) told 33) said 34) wish
35) made 36) was 37) was
41) do you think 42) suppose
45) think 46) is 47) think
51) send 52) do not grow 53) £
57) did not know 58) went 59
38) wrote 39) injures 40) is
43) wrote 44) do you think
48) makes 49) have 50) are
Dt 54) tore 55) broke 56) said
banged 60) acted 61) thought
Verb Tenses
62) was 63) was 64) could not 65) ran 66) slopped 67) drew
68) said 69) wrote 70) am suffering 71) read 72) fell 73) could
74) could 75) changed 76) is 77) prefer 78) is 79) will grow
80) is becoming 81) does not give 82) sprang 83) said 84) will
do 85) know 86) am 87) have read
91) was 92) have taken 93) felt
96) was looking 97) looked 98) said
88) did 89) read 90) said
94) stopped 95) walked
99) is 100) is not 101) is
102) fear 103) has never been 104) has never sold 105) does
one want 106) am 107) is 108) think 109) are 110) put
111) could 112) know 113) want 114) didn’t you tell 115) did
not know 116) is 117) have ever heard 118) tell 119) have
been 120) are trying 121) take 122) have been 123) have
treated 124) am perfectly willing I 25) have done 126) said
127) could 128) did 129) have given 130) had 131) are
132) left \
Ex.60. ADVANTAGES OF CHEESES
AS A TRAVELLING COMPANION
l)were 2) was 3) asked 4) said 5) called 6) took 7) put
8) started 9) turned 10) began 11) felt 12) started 13) took
14) took 15) marched 16) was 17) had 18) were 19) passed
20) was sitting 21) began 22) rose 23) went 24) got 25)took
26) left 27) sat 28) said 29) reminded 30) tried 31) had
32) was 33) got 34) took 35) came 36) smelt 37) said 38) said
39) bought 40) asked 41) stayed 42) had planned 43) called
44) said 45) did Tom say 46) said 47) had asked 48) touched
49) said 50) is 51) did he smell 52) said 53) liked 54) would
be 55) gave 56) asked 57) answered 58) thought 59) would
never smile 60) said 61) do you mind 62) replied 63) like
64) said 65) is 66) will take 67) will go 68) are 69) do not
want 70) kept 71) came 72) found 73) had cost 74) said
75) loved 76) was 77) decided 78) threw 79) had 80) complained
204
81) said 82) made 83) look 84) left 85) discovered 86) made
X7) got 88) gained 89) said 90) had never noticed 91) was
92) went
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
I) false 2) false 3) false 4) true 5) false 6) false 7) false
8) true 9) false
Ex.61. LUNCHEON
1) went 2) sat 3) was 4) had last seen 5) addressed 6) is
7) met 8) Hies 9) do you remember 10) saw 11) asked 12) was
13) was living 14) had 15) was earning 16) had read 17) had
written 18) answered 19) received 20) was passing 21) would
like 22) was limited 23) had 24) was 25) was spending
26) would I give 27) was 28) had never thought 29) was 30) was
31) answered 32) would meet 33) was not 34) had expected
35) seemed 36) wanted 37) was 38) was 39) was 40) was
41) had thought 42) eat 43) said 44) eat 45) wonder 46) have
47) was 48) was not 49) asked 50) was 51) had just come
52) was 53) had had 54) ordered 55) asked 56) would have
57) were cooking 58) answered 59) eat 60) have 61) mind
62) sank 63) knew 64) could not 65) could not 66) told
67) chose 68) was 69) came 70) drink 71) said 72) do
73) answbred 74) said 75) had not spoken 76) arc 77) arc
78) would you like 79) asked 80) gave 81) docs not let
82) turned 83) ordered 84) said 85) had absolutely forbidden
86) arc you going 87) ate 88) ate 89) talked 90) wondered
91) would come 92) see 93) like 94) am 95) is 96) don’t you
follow 97) am only going 98) said 99) came
101) eat 102) could not 103) had 104) would be
106) had seen 107) knew 108) were 109) wants
112) tried 113) appeared 114) told
111) asked
116) ordered 117) waited 118) caught 119) was not
have 121) had
125) finished
129) happened
133) have filled
137) paid
142) said
147) will eat 148) cried 149) are 150) have had 151) do not
123) ware
127) answered
131) came
138)
143) shook
100) waved
105) sank
110) have
115) had
120) would
124) watched
128) ordered
132) said
122) appeared
126) said
130) were waiting
134) have just had 135) will enjoy 136) came
found
139) had
144) eat
141) had
140) walked
145) will do 146) answered
believe 152) am 153) take 154) is 155) weighs
Passive vokft
PASSIVE VOICE 205
Ex.62. UNIVERSAL SENTENCES
1) was once ini reduced 2) was travelling 3) was delighted
4) had read 5) were translated 6) asked 7) had never visited
8) was 9) is spoken 10) do not speak 11) know 12) asked
13) are they 14) said 15) cried 16) be taken
Ex.63. THE ROYAL RAVENS
1) have been 2) used 3) was used 4) thought 5) left
6) would fall 7) decreed 8) be kept 9) be paid 10) live II) are
clipped 12) cannot 13) dies 14) is brought
Ex.64. TROOPING THE COLOUR
1) is 2) is staged 3) is held 4) is celebrated 5) is 6) is
escorted 7) is accompanied 8) is headed
Ex.65. STAMPS
I) became 2) were paid 3) had been charged 4) became
5) had not always been done 6) had refused 7) had been delivered
8) wer£ introduced 9) had been paid 10) was II) was not
written 12) appears v
Ex.66. THE LOCH NESS MONSTER
1) began 2) was seen 3) has been seen 4) has been
photographed 5) was taken 6) were seen 7) were reported
8) have not been mentioned 9) is not forgotten 10) will never
been forgotten 11) is known 12) leaves 13) was seen 14) are
‘seen 15) is not known 16) are 17) are still considered
Ex.67. A FRENCHMAN IN ENGLAND
I) was once travelling 2) could 3) was not 4) was eating
5) wanted 6) could not 7) saw 8) asked 9) was called 10) told
11) was called 12) asked 13) was called 14) told 15) was called
16) asked 17) were called 18) told 19) were called 20) asked
21) were called 22) were born 23) told 24) were called 25) said
Ex.68. VISITING THE WINDSOR CASTLE
I) came 2) were displayed 3) advised 4) bought 5) opened
6) was asked 7) was that famous vase brought 8) is the table
2061
i
Keys
made 9) was paid 10) was the portrait really painted 11) is the
portrait still kept 12) were answered 13) asked 14) won’t you
come 15) answered 16) are printed 17) cannot 18) can
I
Ex.69. GOING FOR A SEA TRIP
I) took 2) got 3) thought 4) was 5) was ottered 6) was told
7) was sold 8) had just been advised 9) said 10) will have
II) will get 12) would get 13) came 14) said 15) was
Ex.70. MANY PEOPLE THINK THEY COULD WRITE...
I) think 2) would like 3) write 4) send 5) do not accept
6) become 7) wrote 8) sent 9) was returned 10) was 11) wrote
12) sent 13) do you know 14) is not 15) did not 16) sent
17) had pasted 18) was 19) would read 20) came 21) were still
pasted 22) is this 23) read 24) are sent 25) wrote 26) open
27) do not have 28) is
Ex.71. A DOUBTFUL COMPLIMENT
I) was much talked 2) tell 3) was considered 4) is 5) is
6) said 7) was told 8) wanted 9) is 10) said 11) was
questioned 12) am 13) is 14) is not 15) is 16) is
Ex.72. NEARLY!
1) was employed 2) stepped 3) looked 4) was standing
5) was terrified 6) would be thrown 7) would be dashed 8) could
he be warned 9) cried 10) would probably take 11) threw
12) was just admiring 13) rushed 14) was saved 15) had spoilt
16) was
Ex.73. IT S THE GREAT EINSTEIN!
1) w'ent 2) was given 3) had been sent 4) whispered 5) is
6) is playing 7) w'as shocked 8) was 9) had never heard 10) don’t
you know 11) is 12) answer 13) reported 14) played 15) was
declared 16) was 17) carried 18) was worn out 19) twinkled
20) said 21) do you think 22) am 23) am 24) am 25) pulled
26) sent 27) returned 28) should be played 29) am used
Ex.74. RALEIGH'S PLANT
I) lived 2) sailed 3) introduced 4) sent 5) planed * 6) gave
7) were called 8) were 9) took 10) fried 11) put I2)w'ereset
207
13) tasted 14) was decided 15) could not ripen 16) was ordered
17) did 18) happened 19) stepped 20 ) lay 21) broke
22) notice 23) was 24) had 25) tasted 26) found 27) was
soon learnt 28) became
Ex.75. THE WORK THAT MADE DEFOE FAMOUS
I) was 2) had 3) travelled 4) tried 5) wrote 6) met 7) had
been 8) was 9) had been put 10) had lived 11) was rescued
12) returned 13) become 14) were printed 15) remembered
16) did not forget 17) captured 18) would a man do 19) would
he live 20) turned 21) chose 22) created 23) was 24) was
25) read 26) enjoyed 27) believed 28) is known 29) was
30) is practically not known
Reported speech sequence of tenses
Ex.76. MY UNCLE TOM
1) was not 2) was 3) stopped 4) was 5) did 6) came 7) was
8) was cleaned 9) were polished 10) were sold 11) were
collected 12) were 13) was counted 14) was run 15) was
16) knew 17) was allowed 18) was not allowed 19) had been
20) had 21) was 22) did 23) had never missed 24) wanted
25) was asked 26) was thanked 27) was given 28) w'as pleased
29) told 30) will remind 31) have spent 32) asked 33) wanted \
34) does not matter 35) is 36) want 37) was sent 38) was taken
39) worked 40) was cleaned 41) was painted 42) was polished
43) w'ent 44) was 45) began 46) got 47) got 48) was raining
49) knocked 50) was 51) was not 52) thought 53) was
54) w-as 55) was not sitting 56) was 57) was covered 58) asked
59) did not go 60) said 61) sent 62) is
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
1) false 2) true 3) true 4) false 5) true 6) true 7) false
8) true
REPORTED SPEECH
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
Ex.77. 1 TRIED HARD BUT...
I) have just missed 2) can you book 3) is 4) am 5) is 6) is
7) is 8) left 9) is happening 10) cannot 11) am 12) will try’
I3)have tried 14) am 15) are 16) make 17) cannot you
208
19) is 20) excuse 21) is 22)
18) agree
24) spent 25) reached 26) can 27) was
mind 30) do 31) arc 32) is 33) talk
36) stick 37) must 38) am not 39) am
was 23) was flying
28) am 29) do not
34) take 35) must
Ex.78. A PATIENT AND A DOCTOR
I) is standing 2) has been 3) asks 4) am I going 5) are
6) know 7) don’t let 8) have studied 9) have done 10) don't try
II) is 12) am convinced 13) are definitely going 14)’don’t
understand 15) have told 16) is 17) am going 18) am 19) have
studied 20) published 21) does this study show 22) will continue
23) will trust 24) do these statistics show 25) am 26) is proven
27) get 28) is 29) does that means 30) have 31) did you try
32) told 33) was 34) do you understand 35) is 36) are 37) am
treating 38) am 39) are treating 40) do not understand 41) have
42) died
Ex.79. A SAD STORY
I) are 2) said 3) had arrived 4) was sleeping 5) is 6) think
7) cannot 8) am 9) paint 10) draw II) are 12) are not
13) said 14) know 15) sent 16) won’t be able 17) do not tell
18) had 19) studied 20) become 21) was not 22) was 23) got
24) gave 25) was 26) started 27) painted 28)wanted 29) will
say 30) like 31) turned 32) could not 33) had 34) decided
35) decided 36) know 37) are 38) are 39) was 40) made
41) sent 42) got 43) got 44) had 45) decided 46) cannot
47) am 48) will never rise 49) am 50) will rise 51) said
52) have come 53) am 54) have not paid
Ex.80. THE REASON TO STAY IN BED
1) is it 2) are 3) am 4) hate
8) am 9) am standing 10) am 11) is
only make 15) is 16) docs not suit
5) have 6) is 7) cannot
12) think 13) are 14) will
17) does not suit 18) am
19) must not 20) began 21) am 22) is 23) do you keep 24) am
expecting 25) is coming 26) did not know 27) think 28) has
29) wants 30) has she 31) know 32) am really feeling 33) think
34) might 35) is 36) am gelling 37) did you say
Ex.81. FOLLOWING ADVICE
I) have 2) likes 3) is 4) brought 5) is it 6) asked
7) answered 8) opened 9) looked 10) could not II) was 12) is
209
13) explained 14) said 15) thought 16) was 17) is not
18) continued 19) is 20) take 21) will never lake 22) said
23) am 24) was 25) saw 26) look 27) felt 28) would not want
29) fell 30) did not want 31) wished 32) came 33) do you
remember 34) gave 35) asked 36) remember 37) answered
38) feel 39) did it upset 40) asked 41) did 42) answered 43) is
44) thought 45) were 46) said 47) was 48) can’t 49) liked
50) answered 51) made 52) went 53) mixed 54) will not make
55) said 56) promise 57) will never follow
Ex.82. WITH THE PHOTOGRAPHER
I) want 2) said 3) looked 4) said 5) waited 6) opened
7) said 8) went 9) said 10) sat II) rolled 12) got 13) was
14) was 15) got 16) drew 17) was 18) came 19) looked
20) shook 21) is 22) said 23) know 24) answered 25) have
always known 26) came 27) took 28) turned 29) would go
30) siood 31) do not like 32) said 33) went 34) took 35) said
36) started 37) added 38) looked 39) are 40) said 41) is
42) don't like 43) is 44) turned 45) said 46) is 47) is not
48) is 49) know 50) wasn’t made 51) is 52) have 53) is
54) are 55) is 56) started 57) was taken 58) said 59) is
60) said 61) have 62) will let 63) went 64) unfolded
65) looked 66) is it 67) asked 68) said 69) is 70) went 71) said
72) do not look 73) answered 74) have retouched 75) nave
come 76) said 77) is that 78) is changed 79) said 80) is
81) found 82) could not 83) said 84) are 85) said 86) is
87) can 88) have 89) stopped 90) came 91) would look
92) wanted 93) might 94) seems 95) was mistaken 96) wanted
97) is no longer done 98) is 99) call 100) have sdone
101) turned 102) left
Reported speech sequence of lenses
TRUE/FALSE ANSWERS
I) false 2) false 3) false 4) true
Ex. 83. AN INCIDENT AT WATERLOO
I) got 2) asked 3) starred 4) knew 5) knows 6) is 7) is
going 8) took 9) thought 10) would go 11) had discussed
12) heard 13) would go 14) was 15) would start 16) went
17) asked 18) told 19) had just met 20) said 21) had seen
22) went 23) said 24) thought 25) was 26) were 27) was not *
28) were 29) was not 30) must 34) said 35) thought 36) knew
210
Keys
37) went 38) saw 39) asked 40) was going 41) said 42) could
not 43) thought 44) was going 45) was not 46) said 47) was
48) was 49) would know 50) got 51) slipped 52) begged
53) will ever know 54) said 55) are 56) are going 57) know
58) will slip 59) will go 60) do not know 61) replied 62) suppose
63) has 64) will do 65) got 66) learnt 67) had come 68) was
69) had spent 70) knew 71) had become
Ex.84. HOW WE KEPT MOTHER’S DAY
2) is 3) don’t wonder 4) is becoming
7) would make 8) would do 9) could
12) stayed 13) was 14) decided 15) got
18) would get
19) would take 20) is
39) knew 40) would not be 41) did
1) have been started
5) thought 6) decided
10) decided 11) stayed
16) does 17) decided
21) got 22) got 23) got 24) planned 25) packed 26) came
27) turned 28) was 29) had thought 30) was 31) couldn’t
32) said 33) could 34) was 35) could 36) wanted 37) felt
38) w'ould never do
42) prepared 43) said 44) had 45) would gladly stay 46) w'ould
work 47) couldn’t 48) was decided 49) would stay 50) would
have 51) would get 52) was 53) was 54) was 55) might
56) came 57) drove 58) stood 59) watched 60) could 61) had
62) caught 63) fished 64) didn’t get 65) met 66) knew'
67) talked 68) had 69) was 70) got 71) had guessed 72) would
be 73) had made 74) lasted 75) had 76) was 77) wanted
78) said 79) would rather do 80) let 81) was 82) was 83) kissed
84) said 85) had been 86) think
87) were
Ex.85. A WEEK’S VOYAGE
1) went 2) started 3) had come 4) would pay 5) would have
6) would arrange 7) recommended 8) came 9) said 10) would
do 11) said 12) would be 13) was 14) consisted 15) was
16) was 17) agreed 18) came 19) were 20) did not feel 21) had
thought 22) would feel 23) contented 24) came 25) told
26) was 27) aroused 28) felt 29) was 30) held 31) went
32) greeted 33) came 34) said 35) can I 36) was 37) was living
38) mean 39) were 40) went 41) was gorging 42) left
43) steamed 44) gazed 45) goes 46) said 47) belongs 48) have
not had 49) said 50) had given 51) thought 52) could
CONDITIONALS
211
Ex.86. IF I WERE...
I) were 2) would not see 3) is 4) were 5) would understand
6) were 7) would like 8) have just started 9) were 10) would be
II) were 12) would not choose 13) are not 14) used 15) were
16) would do 17) were 18) would have
Ex.87. A RAILWAY INCIDENT
I) got 2) was smoking 3) was sitting 4) would stop 5) was
6) began 7) objected 8) had failed 9) addressed 10) were
11) would stop 12) got 13) were 14) replied 15) would not get
16) were 17) said 18). would give 19) looked 20) said
21) were 22) would take
Conditionals
Ex.88. AN AMERICAN TOURIST IN ENGLAND
I) hired 2) did not lake 3) asked 4) were passing 5) exclaimed
6) wouldn’t lake 7) passed 8) was 9) did it take 10) answetvd
11) said 12) would build 13) was said 14) approached 15) is
16) did ii take 17) won’t believe 18) answered 19) was nol
20) crossed
Ex.89 (a). AN UNPLEASANT EVENING
1) will be 2) does not come 3) did you enjoy 4) would have
never gone 5) had known 6) was 7) w'as 8) was 9) would have
acted 10) did II) had not stayed 12) would slop 13) was not
14) was 15) know 16) do 17) had been 18) think 19) have
20) would have enjoyed 21) had been 22) would have enjoyed
23) had nol gone 24) would have enjoyed 25) had not been
26) would noi have been 27) had stopped 28) asked 29) would
behave 30) would behave 31) like 32) is 33) have missed
34) would have seen 35) had nol been 36) think 37) would have
been 38) had stayed 39) had let
Ex.89 (b).
1) Harry wouldn’t have been rude to the woman in front if she
had not been chattering all the lime.
2) Nora would not have been angry with Harry if he had known
how to behave in public places.
3) Harry and Nora would not have missed the bus if they had
212
Keys
not been busy quarrelling.
4) Harry would not have been grumbling if he had not been
annoyed by that silly film.
5) They would not have been standing in the doorway if they
had not been trying to keep out of the wind.
6) They would not have been late home if they had not missed
their bus.
Ex.90. A DRIVING LESSON
I) are you trying 2) am going 3) can’t 4) have done 5) have
not done 6) would stop 7) had left 8) would have been 9) had
gone 10) would have run 11) would not have run 12) had not
shouted 13) had not made 14) could 15) did you ask 16) did
not ask 17) said 18) was 19) promised 20) would be 21) could
22) is 23) had never agree 24) would have never done 25) had
known 26) would be 27) can’t 28) am 29) would be 30) am
trying 31) would pass 32) is completely ruined
Ex.91. OSCAR WANTS TO KNOW
l)sank 2) opened 3) said 4) does opportunity mean 5) said
6) said 7) said 8) is 9) is 10) said 11) do you make 12) said
13) said 14» wahb 15) make 16) said 17) can 18) can
19) went 20) would they all be 21) went 22) would be
23) would do
28) repeated
24) am trying 25) said 26) wants 27) would do
29) couldn’t 30) said 31) would be 32) said
33) could 34) insisted 35) said 36) said 37) did 38) said
39) couldn’t 40) couldn’t 41) don’t have 42) had 43) could
44) had 45) went 46) would they all be 47) would all be
48) would do 49) don’t tell 50) will kill 51) is thirsting
52) would do 53) asked 54) couldn't 55) said 56) had
57) asked 58) had 59) said 60) has 61) is 62) can 63) could
64) can’t 65) don’t have 66) has 67) do you have 68) are
69) have 70) don’t have 71) are you talking 72) has 73) can
74) are the rest going 75) can 76) show 77) said 78) could
79) have 80) is 81) are 82) will always be 83) couldn’t 84)
wanted 85) could 86) couldn't 87) do you get 88) are 89) will
always be 90) won’t ever be 91) get 92) isn’t it 93) are
94) will always be 95) can 96) is 97) isn’t that 98) asked
99) said 100) can't 101) isn’t 102) is 103) said 104) wants
213
REVISION EXERCISES
RENDER THE JOKE
I. M о t h c r: Jessie, 1 have told you forty times not to
interrupt when older persons are speaking but wait until they stop.
Jessie:! have been waiting for so long, mummy, but you
never stop talking.
2. V i s i t о r: Look here. I’ve just found a button in my soup.
Waiter: Oh, thank you. sir. I’ve been looking all over for it.
3. — Don’t you know what to do when a guest whom you don’t
want to see suddenly arrives?
— Well, when I hear lhe bell I put on my hat and coal. If it’s
someone I don’t want to see. 1 simply say, ‘So sorry, but I’m just
leaving the house’. And if it’s someone I want lo see I say, ‘How
lucky, I’ve just come in’’
4. ‘'You’ve been watching me for three hours. Why don’t you
try fishing yourself?” — “I don’t have the patience”.
5. “Why does a woman say she has been shopping the whole day
when she hasn’t bought anything?” asks the husband. ‘ Why docs a
man say he has been fishing the whole day if he hasn’t caught
anything?” answers the wife.
6. Mother asks her little daughter who is reading a book:
“What are you reading, dear?”
“I don’t know”, answers the girl.
“You don’t know? But you were reading aloud”.
“I was reading aloud, but I wasn’t listening”, explained the girl.
7. Mark Twain was very bad at answering letters. Once a friend
of his who had been waiting for a long time to get an answer from
the writer sent him a sheet of writing paper and a stamp to remind
him to write a letter.
A few days later he got a postcard saying, “Thanks for the paper
and the stamp. Please send an envelope. Mark Twain.”
8. “Your marks leave much to be desired”, father says to his
son. “I’ll give you my car if you do better”.
Revision exercises Render the pke
2U “AU right. Г11 study better”, answers his son.
A month later his father checks the diary again, “No progress?
J* What have you been doing all this time?” — “1 have been learning
to drive a car”, answers his son.
9. “What arc you doing, Mike?”
“Гт writing a letter”.
“And what were you doing ten minutes ago?”
“I was doing my lessons. And maybe you want to know what I'll
be doing in twenty minutes, Ben?”
“Yes, Mike, what will you be doing?”
“I'll be beating you if you don’t stop asking me stupid questions”.
10. “Ma”, says a little girl, “Willie wants to take the biggest piece
of cake, and I think I must have it. because he had been eating
cakes for two years before I was born”.
11. Conductor: Do you mind if I put your bag out of the
way? People coming in are falling over it.
T r a v e 11 e r: You leave it where it is. If nobody falls over it 1’11
forget it here.
Ij,. 12. S о n: Mummy, do you remember that old vase that had
been handed down from generation to generation in our family?
Mother: Yes, dear, what’s about it?
S о n: It has been broken by this generation.
13. One day Pete came home from school and said, “1 was the
only pupil today who could answer the teacher’s question”. — “Very
nice, and what was the question?” — “The teacher asked who had
broken the window in the classroom”.
14. Tom asked his mother for money. “What have you done
with the money I gave you yesterday?” — “I gave it to an old
woman”. — “You are a very' good boy. Here you are. But why did
you give her the money?” — “Because she sold ice-cream”.
10. A Londoner who was going to the west of England for a
holiday, arrived by train at a town and found that it was pouring
with rain. He called a porter and asked him to carry' his bags to a
taxi. On the way to the hotel he asked the driver if it had been
215
raining long. The driver answered, “I don't know, sir. I’ve only
been living here for fifteen years".
11. A young man hadn't been feeling well and his wife finally
convinced him to consult the doctor. The doctor examined him,
took several tests and told the patient he would call him when the
results were ready. When a few days later the patient came back the
doctor told him, “1 have some good news and some bad news for
you". — “I’ve had a bad day", answered the patient, “Let’s start
with the good news". — “Your tests have shown that you have a
very rare disease and you have less than 24 hours to live". — “What?!
That’s terrible! What can possibly be worse than that?" exclaimed
the patient. — “I forgot to call you yesterday", answered the doctor.
17. It was dinner time. A customer entered a restaurant and sat
down at a table. He asked for the menu and said to the waiter,
“Here is sixpence tip for you; tell me what you could recommend
me”.
The waiter leaned over and whispered. “I would recommend
you to go to another restaurant".
18. “Doctor, are you sure I'm suffering from pneumonia? I’ve
heard once about a doctor who had been treating his patient for
pneumonia and finally he died of typhus?” — “Don't worry, it
won't happen to me. If I treat someone for pneumonia he will die
of pneumonia".
Revision exercises Render tne eke
19. A little girl came home from school and complained to her
mother, “Mommy, today at school 1 was punished for something
that I hadn't done”. — “But that's terrible!" exclaimed the mother.
“I’ll talk to your teacher about it. By the way, what was it that you
hadn't done?" — “My homework”, answered the girl.
20. On the beach a man appeals to a woman: “Madam, your
child has dug my shirt in the sand!” The woman doesn't pay any
attention at all. The Man: “Madam, your child has dug my shirt in
the sand!!’" The Woman: “It's not my child. My child is washing
cherries in your cap".
2'6
MISTAKES HUNTING
Keys
Ex.l. A NAUGHTY BOY
I) an old gentleman 2) he saw a little boy 3) near the door of
the house 4) the boy was standing 5) which was too high 6) so
he stopped 7) I will ring the bell 8) and pulled the bell 9) its
ringing could be heard 10) the little boy looked up at him
11) what was happening 12) the naughty boy had disappeared
13) round the corner of lhe street 14) the old man had to explain
to the angry owner 15) why he had rung
Ex.2. THE MOST VALUABLE AND
THE MOST WORTHLESS THING IN THE WORLD
1) one of them said... 2) you are a very clever man... 3) what
do you consider... 4) in the world... 5) I think advice... 6) the
most valuable thing... 7) for a few minutes 8) what do you
consider 9) the most worthless 10) a minute ago 11) you said
12) what do you mean 13) if you think about it 14) he takes
15) you give a person
Ex.3. GLAD THEY DECIDED NOT TO CHOOSE IT
1) as a drummer 2) had just married 3) were looking for
4) saw a lot of places 5) did not like 6) could not decide 7) decided
on an upstairs one 8) after they had bought 9) fumi-ture
10) gave a big рапу II) man's friends from the band 12) the
telephone rang 13) with a happy smile 14) had just moved
15) we decided
Ex.4. THE DOCTOR'S HELP
1) did not like 2) a big box of books fell down 3) 1 will wait
4) until lhe doctor comes 5) if 1 go to see him 6) I shall have to
pay 7) bought some books 8) had wrapped up the books 9) the
doctor looked at it 10) you must pul the foot 11) in hot water
12) before you go 13) to bed 14) I won’t need lo pay 15) didn't I
Ex.5. HE UNDERSTOOD!
I) were travelling 2) they entered a little restaurant 3) for
lunch 4) they did noi know Spanish 5) the waiter did not know
English 6) they wanted 7) some milk 8) one of them took
9) began to draw a cow 10) ran oui of the restaurant 11) who
217
had drawn the cow 12) what a pencil can do 13) in a foreign
country 14) after sonic lime 15) in front of the two men
Ex.6. A MUSHROOM
I) he could not speak English 2) he knew only a few English
words 3) decided to have lunch 4) which he liked very much
5) so he called the waiter 6) spoke to him in French 7) the waiter
could nol understand 8) a single word 9) — 10) what was the
Frenchman to do 11) he had a good idea 12) if I show him
13) he look a piece of paper 14) a few minutes later 15) how he
had understood the picture
Revision exercises. Mistakes hunting
Ex.7. TWO FRIENDS
1) two friends went on a trip 2) they went into a restaurant for
dinner 3) a jar of mustard 4) not having seeing mustard before
5) look a big spoonful 6) tears immediately filled his eyes 7) he
was crying about 8) I am crying al the thought 9) of the death
10) who was hanged 11) took a big dose 12) as soon as he had
done so 13) what are you crying about 14) I am crying 15) you
were not hanged
Ex.8. A MISTAKE
1) at a French border station 2) — 3) the passengers opened
their suit-cases 4) waited for the inspection 5) one of the passengers
6) took many boxes of cigarettes out of his suit-case 7) to put all
of them 8) he could not put anymore boxes 9) he said to another
passenger 10) who was sitting at the window 11) asked the other
passenger 12) 1 am afraid of the inspectors 13) but I must tell
you 14) 1 will not return them to you 15) said the passenger at
the window
Ex.9. IN THE TRAIN
1) a talkative passenger 2) in the same compartment 3) does
he smoke 4) — 5) he has never touched a cigarette 6) tobacco is
poison 7) does he belong to a club 8) asked the passenger 9) he
has never set foot in one 10) does he come home 11) late at night
12) he always goes to bed 13) directly after dinner 14) he is a
model young man 15) how old is he
218 Ex. 10. COFFEE AND TEA
- 1)- 2)- 3) coffee and tea were not known 4) coffee or tea
£ could kill a person 5) the king of Sweden 6) whether it was true
or not 7) there were two brothers in prison 8) they were twins
9) they had committed a crime 10) I shall let them live II) the
other must drink tea 12) one of the brothers died 13) the other
died 14) a few years later 15) it was proved
Ex.ll. SCOTTISH APPETITE
I) were sitting in a restaurant 2) one of them, a Scotsman
3) told his friends 4) he would bet 5) he could eat 6) the turkey
was roasted 7) with great astonishment 8) eating up (he bird
9) he also swallowed 10) they had to pay the money II) some
glasses of beer 12) went home 13) don’t tell my wife 14) 1 have
eaten 15) she will give me
Ex.12. THE WEATHER FORECAST
I) in a very wild pan 2) what they saw were only a few huts
3) made of wood 4) one day they met 5) and knew everything
6) what the weather will be like 7) one of the two travellers asked
him 8) rain is coming 9) there will he snow' 10) for a day or two
11) the sunshine will come 12) the weather will he fine 13) he
turned to the old Indian 14) how do you know all that 15) I
heard it over the radio
Ex.13. WHY WAS SHE ANGRY?
1) it is my birthday 2) I’ll send you fresh roses 3) as he knew
4) he paid for twenty-two roses 5) and asked the florist's 6) to
send them to the girl 7) as he had often bought flowers 8) after
the young man had left the shop 9) this man is a very good
customer 10) I think that my price is too high 11)1 will send him
ten more roses 12) he did so 13) thirty-two roses were sent to the
girl 14) when the young man came to see her 15) why she was so
angry; with him
Ex. 14. A FUNNY THING
THAT HAPPENED TO GEORGE’S FATHER
1) a funny thing that happened to George’s father 2) when
they came to a little inn 3) the master of the inn 4) and gave
them a candle 5) George’s father dropped the candle 6) they
219
found lhe door 7) the bed was very big 8) George’s father from
one side 9) and his friend from the other 10) there is a man in
my bed 11) here are his feet 12) they began to push each other
13) two heavy bodies fell on the floor 14) he pushed me down to
the floor 15) I think we must go
Ex. 15. THREE MEN IN А ВОЛГ
I) to have a couple of months of it 2) for a week 3) you start
on Monday 4) with the idea 5) as if you were captain Cook
6) you wish you hadn’t come 7) you wish you were dead 8) to
swallow a little beef and tea 9) answer with a sweet smile 10) you
begin to walk about again 11) and take solid food 12) on Monday
morning 13) with the bag and umbrella 14) in the hand 15) you
begin to thoroughly like it
Ex.16. TALKING ABOUT THE WEATHER
1) nobody else had ever written 2) I spent many days 3) when
I asked for advice 4) they all advised me to write about lhe
weather 5) it certainly is very bad weather 6) at the time when 1
am writing 7) when you are reading this 8) in summer we say
9) lhe country is ruined 10) because il doesn't rain 11) if it rains
12) what has become 13) when it snows 14) we will never be
happy 15) until each man makes his own weather
Revision exercises Mistakes hunting